Please fill in the form below to order:
| Title | Date | Author | Publisher | Abstract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aboriginal Cultures And Perspectives: Diversity In The Classroom | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Making a Difference in the Classroom |
| Acting | Jan-80 | Creighton, Valerie | Unpublished | Tips on approaching script, acting problems to be careful of, audition technique, rehearsal techniques, and theatrical ethics |
| Acting And Stage Movement For Amateurs & Professionals | 1963 | White, Edwin/ Battye, Marguerite | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A complete handbook for actors detailing all phases of acting and stage movement: speech control, interpretation of character style, sitting, walking, standing, hand and arm coordination and opposition, the eyes, the head, body movement, exits and entrances |
| Acting Games: Improvisations And Excercises | 1993 | Cassady, Marsh | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A four section book of acting games and improvisations to assist students in developing their creative abilities. Section One includes games for relaxing and focusing. Section Two helps students discover new ways of seeing themselves, others and the world around them. The Third Section demonstrates with improvisations how to use space to build scenes and create characters from imagination. Section Four features acting games to analyze and play characters from existing plays. All the essential elements of acting and character development are explored |
| Acting In Film | Caine, Micheal | Samuel French, Inc. | The Academy Award-winning actor, Michael Caine, reveals his methods for on-screen success in a lively, straightforward guide to the craft and business of film acting. "Acting in Film" is entertaining, informative, and should be read by actors and filmgoers alike. | |
| Acting Narrative Speeches - The Actor As Storyteller | 2002 | McDonough, Tim | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A comprehensive text that helps an actor learn to find the inherent energy, the emotional essence, the subtext coloring of every word and every sentence in a dramatic speech. |
| Acting Skills For Life | 1989 | Cameron, Ron | Simon & Pierre | Overcoming personal obstacles in acting; releasing the actor's body; discovering the actor's body and the character's body; blocking a scene; getting into character; internal approaches to characterization; voice and the actor; developing the actor's voice; psychology and acting; comedy and style; actor's introduction to Shakespeare |
| Actor Prepares, An | 1961 | Stanislavski, Constantin | Theatre Arts Books, New York | This is the first volume of Stanislavski's planned triology on the training of an actor. Translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Artist And Community Collaboration: A Toolkit For Community Projects | 2006 | Common Weal Community Arts | Unpublished | Handbook to help groups develop and deliver community projects. |
| Asking Better Questions: Models, Techniques And Classroom | 1994 | Morgan, Norah/ Saxton, Julianna | Pembrook Publishers | This book examines why teachers are not secure as questioners and why students are so often shut out of the questioning process; helps teachers to understand why questions are so important to teaching and learning in the 21st century; suggest an uncomplicated way to classify the questions teachers need to ask in order to acquire information, build understanding and generate reflection; and offers models, techniques, activities and examples which promote better questioning by teachers and students |
| Audacious Poetry: Reflections Of Adolescence | 1992 | Barclay Lipson, Greta | Good Apple Inc | Several funny and honest poems. Level: Grades 6-9. A guided trip through moods, friends, teen-speak, transformations, parents, fashion, self-doubt and more. The insightful themes are linked to writing and discussion activities. |
| Audacious Poetry: Reflections Of Adolescence | 1992 | Barclay Lipson, Greta | Good Apple Inc | Several funny and honest poems. Level: Grades 6-9. A guided trip through moods, friends, teen-speak, transformations, parents, fashion, self-doubt and more. The insightful themes are linked to writing and discussion activities. |
| Back To The Basics Of Performance: K-9 | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This booklet can offset a lot of the pitfalls that a novice or even an experienced teacher encounters as he or she produces the school show.. Practical suggestions and ideas contributed by teachers for teachers ensures an organized approach to performance |
| Back To The Basics Of Performance: K-9 | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This booklet can offset a lot of the pitfalls that a novice or even an experienced teacher encounters as he or she produces the school show.. Practical suggestions and ideas contributed by teachers for teachers ensures an organized approach to performance |
| Backstage Handbook | 1988 | Carter, Paul | Broadway Press | This is a wonderfully practical aid to the set designer and builder, chock-full of information on everything you've ever wanted to know about the "nuts and bolts" of back stage work. Chapters: Tools, Hardware, Materials, Electrics, Shop Math, Architecture, and Theatre, with numerous detailed drawings of everything from actual common nail sizes to stage lighting instruments and hardware, to plan views of different types of theatres. |
| Basic Drama Projects (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | Structured in 29 chapters geared to many aspects of performance drama. Sample chapters: Developing Observation; Developing Concentration; Following Stage Directions. Each chapter follows the same instructional procedure: Important Words to Notice in This Assignment; Background Notes; Assignment and Its Purpose; How to Prepare; How to Present; Additional Projects; Bibliography; Activity Sheet (for the student) and Critique (for the instructor - i.e.. the teacher's evaluation). Appendices to the book include excellent notes on the history of the theatre, a glossary of basic stage terms, short rehearsal scenes, suggested one-act and three-act plays, and more. |
| Basic Drama Projects (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | Structured in 29 chapters geared to many aspects of performance drama. Sample chapters: Developing Observation; Developing Concentration; Following Stage Directions. Each chapter follows the same instructional procedure: Important Words to Notice in This Assignment; Background Notes; Assignment and Its Purpose; How to Prepare; How to Present; Additional Projects; Bibliography; Activity Sheet (for the student) and Critique (for the instructor - i.e.. the teacher's evaluation). Appendices to the book include excellent notes on the history of the theatre, a glossary of basic stage terms, short rehearsal scenes, suggested one-act and three-act plays, and more. |
| Basic Drama Projects: Teachers Manual (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | none |
| Basic Drama Projects: Teachers Manual (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | none |
| Building Plays | 1995 | Tarlington, Carole and Michaels, Wendy | Pembroke Publishers | Simple Play building Techniques at Work |
| Building Plays | 1995 | Tarlington, Carole and Michaels, Wendy | Pembroke Publishers | Simple Play building Techniques at Work |
| Canadian Drama Mosaic | Sep-04 | Burke, Margaret (Edited by) | Theatre Canada | A Historical Perspective of Canada's Theatre-in-Education |
| Character Building | 1997 | Colbourne, R. Garnet and Ramsden, J.R. | International Thomson Publishing | Drama Activities for middle years and secondary students written by Saskatoon teachers! Canadian |
| Circus In A Suitcase | 1982 | Bolton, Reg | New Plays Incorporated | Contents: What is a Circus? Children's Circuses In Communities and Schools; Circus Skills; How To Put On A Show |
| Clowning Around: Middle Years Abd Junior High | 1984 | Edmonton Public Schools | Edmonton Public Schools | Curriculum unit designed for students with some drama experience in mime and improvisation. The focus in the unit is on developing the Mime Clown; therefore speech is not included. Teacher's will find the unit helpful in extending and enriching the upper elementary or junior high drama program. Organizational guidance, activities and suggested resources are presented to facilitate the implementation of this extended dramatic form |
| Collective Creation | 1989 | Berry, Glenys and Reinbold, Loanne | Alberta Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission | This booklet is designed to assist drama teachers in using a collective creation to explore social issues of concern to teens. Collective creation is an exciting way to engage teens to explore and describe their interests. |
| Collective Creation Teacher's Manual, The | 1996 | Branyik, Christine | Unpublished | Written by a Saskatchewan teacher and theatre professional, this manual contains information on the Six Steps of a Collective Creation and includes chapters on: class structure; status of the class; the mini-lesson; group work; group share; journals; putting it all together; evaluation; bibliography and resources. Canadian |
| Collective Encounters | 1987 | Filewood, Alan | University of Toronto Press | A book recommended for middle years and secondary teachers. Alternative theatre has been one of Canada's strongest cultural institutions over the past twenty years. In this study of the genre as it has been developed nationally, Filewood examines six landmark examples in terms of their impact on their respective theaters and their role in Canada's cultural development generally. The plays include Theatre Passe Muraille's "The Farm Show", Toronto Workshop Production's "Ten Lost Years", Globe Theater's "No. 1 Hard", 25th Street Theater's "Paper Wheat", The Mummers Troupe's "Buchans: A Mining Town", and Catalyst Theater's "Its About Time" |
| Comedy Improvisation: Excercises And Techniques For Young Actors | 1991 | Horn, Delton T. | Meriwether Publishing Inc. | A unique resource book to learn the structures, techniques, and exercises of comedy improvisation including improv in the classroom; simple and advanced Improv structures; character Improv structures. Includes advanced acting exercises such as voiceless acting, faceless acting, and creating scripts through improvisation. |
| Comedy Improvisation: Excercises And Techniques For Young Actors | 1991 | Horn, Delton T. | Meriwether Publishing Inc | A unique resource book to learn the structures, techniques, and exercises of comedy improvisation including improv in the classroom; simple and advanced Improv structures; character Improv structures. Includes advanced acting exercises such as voiceless acting, faceless acting, and creating scripts through improvisation. |
| Complete Idiot's Guide To Robert's Rules, The | 2004 | Sylvester, Nancy | Alpha | |
| Contemporary Canadian Theatre | 1985 | Ed: Wagner, Anton | Simon & Pierre Publishing Co Ltd | A collection of essays prepared by The Canadian Theatre Critics Association. Topics: Government and Cultural Expression; Theatre and Drama Across Canada; The Electronic Media; The Canadian Performing Arts Mosaic; The Emergence of the Theatre Professional. |
| Create Your Own Stage Lighting | 1985 | Streader, Tim/ Willimas, John | Bell & Hyman | A manual of essential skills for the lighting designer, (both student and amateur), this book provides a firm foundation for the creative use of lighting in support of dramatic objectives. Written by professionals, this book gives special attention to the needs of the amateur or occasional lighting designer. The historical survey of the art serves to broaden the reader's perception of the subject and introduces an examination of the role of the lighting designer. Equipment is described and discussed, and the basic needs of a newly established theatrical group are set out. Chapters on planning for proscenium arch, thrust stage and area theatres, production procedures, and special effects are augmented with a special projects section based on the author's own productions. Basic electrical safety is emphasized throughout and is the subject of a chapter including electrical theory. Lighting the small stage with limited resources is also discussed in detail. |
| Create Your Own Stage Props | 1984 | Govier, Jacquie | Prentice-Hall Inc | This well organized, well-illustrated book gives information on materials and techniques for the making of "all the paraphernalia to be found whenever and whenever the plot thickens!" |
| Create Your Own Stage Props | 1984 | Govier, Jacquie | Prentice-Hall Inc | This well organized, well-illustrated book gives information on materials and techniques for the making of "all the paraphernalia to be found whenever and whenever the plot thickens!" |
| Creating A Role | 1965 | Popper, Hermine I. (editor) | Theatre Arts Books, New York | This is the third volume of Stanislavski's planned trilogy on the training of an actor. |
| Creating an Inclusive Classroom: Diversity in the Classroom Series | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Integrating Student with Special Needs |
| Creating Minds | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | An anatomy of creativity seen through the lives of Freud, Einstein, Picasso, Stravinsky, Eliot, Graham, and Ghandi. |
| Creating Plays With Children | 1970 | Sanders, Sandra | Citation Press, New York | Introduction discusses pedagogy versus reality, choosing a story, choosing a scene, acting out the scene: day one, two & three, writng the script, casting and rehersing, & doing a printed play. Also 6 short plays based on existing plays is included. |
| Creative Classroom, The | 1993 | Kelner, Lenore B. | Heinemann: Portsmouth, NH | Contents: activities in creativity, strategies for spelling, classifying and sequencing techniques, visualization and writing, language and role play, literature and story development, playbuilding. |
| Creative Drama For Grades 4-6 | 1988 | Pendleton, Susan | Saskatoon Separate School | An invaluable resource by a Saskatchewan author, with lesson plans, and hundreds of activities. Clear aims and goals expressed. Canadian. |
| Creative Drama In The Classroom | 1984 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Movement & Rhythm; Pantomime; Improv; Puppets and Masks; Stories & Plays; Poetry; Speech; Drama for special needs. |
| Creative Drama In The Intermediate Grades | 1987 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Creative drama in the classroom, imagination, body and spatial awareness, movement and mime, improvisation, puppets and masks, drama for special needs. |
| Creative Drama Resource Book for Kindergarten Through Grade 3 | 1987 | Heinig, Ruth Beall | Prentice-Hall (Theatrebooks) | A complete approach to using components of creative drama, story telling, narrative, puppets etc. in the classroom |
| Creative DramaIn The Primary Grades | 1987 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Creative drama in the classroom, imagination, body and spatial awareness, movement and mime, improvisation, puppets and masks, drama for special needs. |
| Creative Experiences For The Elementary Child | 1975 | Keerak, Marilyn | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Inspires the use of drama in the classroom. Gives ideas and suggestions on a variety of aspects of drama, music, and art in the elementary school. A lengthy and full detailed bibliography is also included |
| Creative Experiences For The Elementary Child | 1975 | Keerak, Marilyn | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Inspires the use of drama in the classroom. Gives ideas and suggestions on a variety of aspects of drama, music, and art in the elementary school. A lengthy and full detailed bibliography is also included |
| Curriculum Support: Drama In Junior High | 1989 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: Introduction; the adolescent; safety; program content (orientation, disciplines format, movement, speech, improvisation/acting, theatre studies, technical theatre); program planning; lesson planning; evaluation; post-school; program support/resources |
| Curriculum Support: Drama In Senior High | 1989 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: introduction; the adolescent; safety; orientation; movement; speech, improvisation; acting; theatre studies; technical theatre/design; playwriting; directing; program planning; lesson planning; evaluation; post-school; program support/resources. |
| Designing And Painting For The Theatre | 1975 | Pecktal, Lynn | Lynn Packtal | Information on designing and painting for theatre, opera and ballet. Transcripts of interview with leading designers of the American stage follow each chapter. |
| Developmental Drama - Theatre Arts | 1977 | Nova Scotia Eduaction | Nova Scotia Department of Eduaction | Contents: The Function of Drama; Consider a Human Being; Begin from where you are Imagination; Movement and the use of Sound; Speaking; Sensitivity & Characterization; Improvisation; Fighting & Violence; Playmaking & Play-building; Social Drama |
| Different Drummer | 1972 | Kemp, David | McClelland & Stewart | This book provides a new approach to drama. Providing thematic material for improvisational work, it enables students to create their own total theatre experience using all the media available and utilizing all the talent in the classroom. For the inexperienced teacher it provides a wealth of material, ideas, and exact directions on how to implement them. For the experiences teacher it provides the form of an improvisation through which he/she can extend their concepts. |
| Different Drummer | 1972 | Kemp, David | McClelland & Stewart | This book provides a new approach to drama. Providing thematic material for improvisational work, it enables students to create their own total theatre experience using all the media available and utilizing all the talent in the classroom. For the inexperienced teacher it provides a wealth of material, ideas, and exact directions on how to implement them. For the experiences teacher it provides the form of an improvisation through which he/she can extend their concepts. |
| Dinner Theatre Handbook | 1981 | Smolensky, Sheila | Pioneer Drama Service Inc | From soup to stage show and everything in between; this dinner theatre guide will answer virtually all of your questions on how to organize a successful dinner theatre. Such dinner theatre components as selecting the hall, preparing the stage area, lighting, sound, menu planning, serving, cleanup and making the evening a total entertainment package are clearly explained. |
| Dinner Theatre Handbook | 1981 | Smolensky, Sheila | Pioneer Drama Service Inc | From soup to stage show and everything in between; this dinner theatre guide will answer virtually all of your questions on how to organize a successful dinner theatre. Such dinner theatre components as selecting the hall, preparing the stage area, lighting, sound, menu planning, serving, cleanup and making the evening a total entertainment package are clearly explained. |
| Directing And Scriptwriting Grade 12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Scriptwriting 12 introduces directing and scriptwriting. These areas are of particular interest to students who show leadership, are capable of detailed planning and organization, and have a flair for creative writing. |
| Directing And Scriptwriting Grade 12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Scriptwriting 12 introduces directing and scriptwriting. These areas are of particular interest to students who show leadership, are capable of detailed planning and organization, and have a flair for creative writing. |
| Directing: Play Selection And Script Analysis | Burgess, G. | Unpublished | Information handout from workshop about play selection and script analysis | |
| Dorothy Heathcote: Drama As A Learning Medium | 1976 | Wagner, Betty Jane | Hutchinson Educations | This book illustrates how drama can: help classes catch a vision of the universal; internalize experience; reflect on it; and put it back into words. Includes practical guidelines on such areas as finding material, planning, using Role in teaching, teacher training and the handicapped. Contents: What Drama Can Do; Evoking Not Directing; Edging In; Finding Material Through Brotherhoods; From Segmenting to Dramatic Focus; Leading Through Questions; Building Belief; Dropping to the Universal; Withholding Expertise; Planning; Using Role in teaching; Theatre Elements as Tools; Movement; The Left Hand of Knowing; Classifying Drama; Code Cracking; Literature and Language; Code Cracking: Other Areas; The Handicapped; Teacher Training; Guarantees For Drama. |
| Dorothy Heathcote: Drama As A Learning Medium | 1976 | Wagner, Betty Jane | Hutchinson Educations | This book illustrates how drama can: help classes catch a vision of the universal; internalize experience; reflect on it; and put it back into words. Includes practical guidelines on such areas as finding material, planning, using Role in teaching, teacher training and the handicapped. Contents: What Drama Can Do; Evoking Not Directing; Edging In; Finding Material Through Brotherhoods; From Segmenting to Dramatic Focus; Leading Through Questions; Building Belief; Dropping to the Universal; Withholding Expertise; Planning; Using Role in teaching; Theatre Elements as Tools; Movement; The Left Hand of Knowing; Classifying Drama; Code Cracking; Literature and Language; Code Cracking: Other Areas; The Handicapped; Teacher Training; Guarantees For Drama. |
| Do's And Don?t's Of Drama | 1930 | Latham, Jean | Heuer Publishing Company | This book contains more than 500 brief, practical suggestions for actor and producer. It has been adopted as required reading in many college and university drama courses and it has won the praise of coaches, teachers of drama and of speech, drama critics, experienced actors and beginners. Contains simple and helpful charts and covers its field from collecting stage properties to planning stage movements. |
| Drama Activities | 1989 | Rothero, Patricia | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Contents: Sh! Sh!, Baby's Sleeping; The Haunted House; Warning; The Polar Express; The Most Beautiful Things in the World; The Pied Piper; Hansel and Gretel. |
| Drama for Learning | 1995 | Heathcote, Dorothy/ Bolton, Gavin | Heinemann | Heathcote's mantle of the expert approach to education |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Ideas '76: Elementary | 1976 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Thematic units explore major literary modes and techniques of drama from games to storytelling to whole group improvisation. Fun and entertaining as well as education and informative, the developmental sequence ranges from join-in activities to deeply structured drama lessons. Using themes from a rich selection of children's literature, this book suggests that "literature can be the focus and springboard of drama exploration". What is of particular interest to Saskatchewan teachers of drama is the section entitled "Extended Improvisation", which is found in each of the ten chapters. |
| Drama Ideas I: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama integrated into other curriculum areas, using various themes, topics, lessons and units. |
| Drama Ideas I: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama integrated into other curriculum areas, using various themes, topics, lessons and units. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama In Action: Some Illuminations | 1987 | Ross, Cameron | University of Regina | Descriptions and analysis of a drama project used in introductory Drama-in-Education classes at the University of Regina. |
| Drama in the Elementary School | 1972 | Nova Scotia Education | Nova Scotia Department of Education | Contents: Introduction And Aims; Movement and Mime; Speech; Improvisation; Appendices (example lessons). |
| Drama in the English Classroom | 1986 | Byron, Ken | Methuen & Co Ltd | A lively and useful guide to the use of drama in teaching English. Written in the form of a teacher's journal, this book aims to show that drama has a major contribution to make in the English classroom and it hits its mark. Particularly useful for secondary teachers of English and Drama, middle years teachers will also discover much that is valuable here especially if literature provides contexts for drama work in their classrooms. |
| Drama in the English Classroom | 1986 | Byron, Ken | Methuen & Co Ltd | A lively and useful guide to the use of drama in teaching English. Written in the form of a teacher's journal, this book aims to show that drama has a major contribution to make in the English classroom and it hits its mark. Particularly useful for secondary teachers of English and Drama, middle years teachers will also discover much that is valuable here especially if literature provides contexts for drama work in their classrooms. |
| Drama Reference Guidebook | 1987 | Megley-Blazuk, Julia | Access Network | The Alberta Educational Communications Corporation. Setting the Scene, Structured Dramatic Play, Dramatic Movement, Mime, Choral Speech, Storytelling, Dramatization, Puppetry, Readers' Theatre, Choric Drama, Story Theatre, Playmaking, Group Drama |
| Drama Reference Video #1 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Storytelling (14:35); Dramatization (11:40); Puppetry (12:25); Choric Drama (11:25); Reader's Theatre (9:55); Story Theatre (11:50); Playmaking (15:10); Group Drama (13:50). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #1 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Storytelling (14:35); Dramatization (11:40); Puppetry (12:25); Choric Drama (11:25); Reader's Theatre (9:55); Story Theatre (11:50); Playmaking (15:10); Group Drama (13:50). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #2 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Setting the Scene (20:15); Structured Dramatic Play (17:05); Dramatic Movement (13:45); Mime (12:30); Choral Speech (16:15). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #2 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Setting the Scene (20:15); Structured Dramatic Play (17:05); Dramatic Movement (13:45); Mime (12:30); Choral Speech (16:15). | ||
| Drama Resource Cards | 1977 | Evans, Mike/ Norris, Jay | Longman Group Ltd | Specific drama lessons, skills and source material are in an easily digested form and require minimum preparation. The pack contains: A - session cards; B - how to do drama cards (including an excellent and comprehensive section on stage fights); C - drama games cards; D - first aid cards (intended to help teachers overcome some of the more common stumbling blocks that hinder progress in drama work). |
| Drama Resource Cards | 1977 | Evans, Mike/ Norris, Jay | Longman Group Ltd | Specific drama lessons, skills and source material are in an easily digested form and require minimum preparation. The pack contains: A - session cards; B - how to do drama cards (including an excellent and comprehensive section on stage fights); C - drama games cards; D - first aid cards (intended to help teachers overcome some of the more common stumbling blocks that hinder progress in drama work). |
| Drama Resources K - 5 | 1990 | Therens, Joan | Regina Public School | A comprehensive 'hands-on' series of classroom activities which includes suggestions for getting started, stretching activities, movement, mime (individual and partners), playmaking, improvisation and drama in context. |
| Drama Safety Bulletin | 1981 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: Regulations and Responsibilities Affecting the Drama Program; Recommendations for a Safe Drama Program; Safety in the Drama Classroom; Safety in the Drama Workshop Area; Safety in the Performance Area; Precaution Checklists. |
| Drama Structures | 1982 | Lambert, Alan/ Cecily O'Neill | Hutchinson | A teacher's manual providing fifteen developing lesson structures on different themes. The themes involve the pupils in a whole range of drama and learning activities. Notes on practical teaching problems and possible developments for each sequence are given on facing pages. Two further sections of the book provide a simple theoretical framework for drama teaching and consider some key strategies. This book is for both non-specialists and drama teachers who want to develop their work further. |
| Drama Structures | 1982 | Lambert, Alan/ Cecily O'Neill | Hutchinson | A teacher's manual providing fifteen developing lesson structures on different themes. The themes involve the pupils in a whole range of drama and learning activities. Notes on practical teaching problems and possible developments for each sequence are given on facing pages. Two further sections of the book provide a simple theoretical framework for drama teaching and consider some key strategies. This book is for both non-specialists and drama teachers who want to develop their work further. |
| Drama Words | 1987 | Toronto Board of Education | Language Study Centre - Drama | The role of drama in language growth: writing drama; drama narrative; story drama; collectives. |
| Drama Worlds: A Framework for Process Drama | 1995 | O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann | Contents: Process Drama & Improv; Scripts & Texts; Roles and Roleplay; Audience and Participation; Structuring the Dramatic Experience |
| DramaStarters | 1984 | Stoate, Graham | Harrap | Contents: Games and physical exercises; concentration exercises; speech activities; improvisations. |
| Dramathemes | 1988 | Swartz, Larry | Pembroke Publishers | Contains 101 consistent, practical lessons in ten thematic units which explore major literary modes and techniques of drama from games to storytelling to whole group improvisation. The developmental sequence ranges from join-in activities to deeply-structured drama lessons. |
| Dramatic Arts: Basic Level Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1983 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | The contents of this document can be used in conjunction with the Dramatic Arts Core Curriculum when planning programs at the grade 7 and 8 levels. The Grade 7 and 8 component of this Basic Level document is specifically in reference to what was modified on the basic level and which can now be referred to as transition courses. |
| Dramatic Arts: Core Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1981 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | This document provides a core form which leaders can develop Dramatic Arts courses of study at both the General and Advanced Levels of difficulty. It is philosophically based upon the Ontario Ministry of Education's "Dramatic Arts Curriculum Guideline for the Intermediate and Senior Divisions" |
| Dramatic Arts: Core Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1981 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | This document provides a core form which leaders can develop Dramatic Arts courses of study at both the General and Advanced Levels of difficulty. It is philosophically based upon the Ontario Ministry of Education's "Dramatic Arts Curriculum Guideline for the Intermediate and Senior Divisions" |
| Dramatic Arts: Intermediate and Senior | 1981 | Ontario Ministry of Education | Ontario Ministry of Education | This guide is meant to provide specific and ordered sets of aims and objectives and a complete description of curriculum development from one division to the next in Ontario. This guideline outlines Ministry policy for the Intermediate and Senior divisions. The term "dramatic arts" designates all curricular drama within the Intermediate and Senior divisions. |
| Dramatic Arts: Province of Manitoba | Manitoba Deapartment of Education | Manitoba Deapartment of Education | Experimental dramatic arts program for levels I, II, and III. Contents: Drama Facilities; Dramatic Arts (level one, two, three); Sample Units; Sample Outlines; Suggested Topics; Bibliography | |
| Dramatic Body, The | 1992 | Jetsmark, John | Blizzard Publishing | Jetsmark uses effective techniques of physical characterization from his extensive research into western and eastern European traditions in a series of exercises and observations which help students acquire effective techniques for using the body as a dramatic instrument. |
| Dramatic Curriculum, The | 1980 | Courtney, Richard | Drama Book Specialists: New York | Contents: Our Dramatic Universe; Developmental Drama; Dramatic Age Stages; Elements of Curriculum Design; Planning for Schools. |
| Dramawise | 1986 | Haseman, Brad/ O'Toole, John | Heinemann Educational Australia | Contents: The Human Context; Dramatic Tension; Focus; Place and Space; Time; Language; Movement; Mood; Symbols; Dramatic Meaning. |
| Dress The Show: A Basic Costume Book | 1976 | Healy, Daty | New Plays Incorporated | This is a most excellent and encouraging book for the costumer working in any and all branches of the non-commercial theatre. In simple, clearly ordered, terms the book offers a sophisticated range of information. Basic pattern making, the essentials of painting, dyeing and ornamenting, the basic supplies necessary to a costume workroom, description of the characteristics of fabrics - these are but a few examples of the help provided. There are also 44 full page plates. |
| Elementary "Can of Squirms" | 1992 | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | "Can of Squirms" is a simplified role playing game conceived in a fun format to make it easy for players to say what they feel and feel what they say. It encourages peer-group teaching and involves spontaneous feelings and value priorities. Each version of the game is designed for a specific age level or dialogue objective. Adaptable to one-on-one situations or group sessions. Can be used for improvisational discussion-openers in encounter, sensitivity, and counseling sessions, interaction demonstrations in psychology, social studies and speech communication, starters for creative writing projects, and exercises in value-clarification sessions. |
| Elementary Drama Curriculum Guide | 1985 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: drama philosophy, goals and objectives of elementary drama, drama and the child, characteristics in child development in drama, the function of the teacher in drama, the function of the child in drama, program planning-teaching drama as a separate subject and as integrated program; suggested dramatic form sequence; skills, concepts and resources; evaluation. |
| Elementary Suggestions for Rehearsal Procedure | 1989 | Duerr, Edwin | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Contents: Rehearsal 1 - Play Reading and Discussion; Rehearsal 2 - Text and Sub-Text; Rehearsal 3 - Blocking Out; Rehearsal 4 - Rechecking Movement; Rehearsal 5 - Building Up; Rehearsal 6 - Climax Scenes; Rehearsal 7 - Pace and Volume; Rehearsal 8 - Lines; Rehearsal 9 - Characterization; Rehearsal 10 - Pre-view; Rehearsal 11 - Solidifying; Rehearsal 12 - Dress Rehearsal |
| Encore! Drama 9 | 1979 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Encore! Is divided into two sections. The Guide Section contains those elements which the Ministry, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 9. The Resource Section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. Also included is a great deal of exercise material |
| Encore! Drama And Theatre With Older Players | 1985 | O'Brien, Betty | O'Brien Resource Centre | This book will assist leaders open a dramatic door for all ages, with a special focus on senior citizens. It contains a wealth of practical information including objectives for the various exercises, program planning suggestions, and improvisation ideas. |
| Fables | 1983 | Lobel, Arnold | Harper Trophy | Collections of children's fables written and illustrated by Arnold Lobel. Level: Primary and Elementary. Excellent for story telling. Contents: The Crocodile in the Bedroom; The Ducks and the Fox; King Lion and the Beetle; The Lobster and the Crab; The Hen and the Apple Tree; The Baboon's Umbrella; The Frogs At The Rainbow's End; The Bear and the Crow; The Cat and His Visions; The Ostrich in Love; The Camel Dances; The Poor Old Dog; Madame Rhinoceros and her Dress; The Bad Kangaroo; The Pig at the Candy Store; The Elephant and His Son; The Pelican and the Crane; The Young Rooster; The Hippopotamus at Dinner; The Mouse at the Seashore. |
| Fifty Projects For Creative Dramatics | 1971 | Nobleman, Roberta | New Plays Incorporated | The teachers who tried out this handbook call it a "Recipe Book in Creative Drama" and that's exactly how you use it. Take the ingredients of a room full of children (from 5 to 12 in large or small groups), a space to work in, indoors or out, and your own enthusiastic leadership. This book tells you how to stir them into gleeful, engrossing, mind expanding sessions in creative dramatics. The major projects are written in lesson plan format including aim, introductory activity, development, and suggested audio-visual aids where appropriate. Section III ("Warm-Ups for Everyone") and VI ("One-Line Beginnings for Advanced Groups") are open ended, giving a provocative starting point your youngsters can carry as far as their imaginations will take them. The greatest value of this book is the stimulus it provides your creative imagination. Each project contains the germ of a dozen more. |
| Film Making: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Eduaction | Calgary Board of Eduaction | This unit can be divided into three modules: terminology, animation, and live action. Mini projects, which illustrate the concepts and skills, lead up to the major project of producing a film. |
| Frames of Mind: The Theory Of Multiple Intelligences | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Gardner challenges the widely held notion that intelligence is a single general capacity possessed by every individual to a greater or lesser extent. Amassing a wealth of evidence, Gardner posits the existence of a number of intelligences that ultimately yield a unique cognitive profile for each person. |
| Fun With Fiction | 1989 | Foster, Mary | Fearon Teacher Aids | Combine reading and writing to help kids understand story structure. Throw in creative projects, speaking, and discussion. Use children's books, kids' own stories, folktales, and even TV stories. It all adds up 18 activity based lessons (and 42 reproducible sheets) to help kids learn about character, plot, setting, action, climax, and theme. |
| Fun With Fiction | 1989 | Foster, Mary | Fearon Teacher Aids | Combine reading and writing to help kids understand story structure. Throw in creative projects, speaking, and discussion. Use children's books, kids' own stories, folktales, and even TV stories. It all adds up 18 activity based lessons (and 42 reproducible sheets) to help kids learn about character, plot, setting, action, climax, and theme. |
| Fundamentals Of Play Directing | 1989 | Carra, Lawrence/ Dean, Alexander | Holt Rienhart & Winston Inc | A comprehensive handbook for both new and experienced directors. The material is organized into six major divisions that present a step-by-step process of analysis that serves as a classroom teaching method in preparing the student (refers to anyone learning the skills of directing) to direct a play. Following two introductory chapters on the art of drama and the function of a director (Part One), the student is introduced to the basics (Part Two), three chapters on play analysis, basic technique for the actor, and the director's media that form an essential preparation for studying the five fundamentals of play directing (Part Three). The five fundamentals of composition, visualization, movement, rhythm, and pantomimic dramatization that make up the core of this text. With these as a foundation the student next studies the requirements and approaches in working with the actor (Part Four) including the processes involved in auditions and casting. The student should now be prepared to put all of this practice in directing that play (Part Five), from preliminaries through rehearsal to actual staging. The application of the principles of directing to theatre spaces other than proscenium-oriented stages and to other forms, such as musicals (Part Six), is another step in the process. The appendixes include a guide to the duties and responsibilities of the designers, production staff, and stage manager, as well as a series of exercises for body, voices, and emotion, to assist the beginning director in working with actors. |
| Games For Everyone | 1986 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers | Two hundred games to thrill, surprise, and amaze kids of all ages. Including old favorites as well as new imaginative games that will help students compete, cooperate, communicate and have fun. |
| Getting Assessment Right: Drama | 2004 | Russell, Steve | Directions Quality Resources for Educators | none |
| Getting Assessment Right: Drama | 2004 | Russell, Steve | Directions Quality Resources for Educators | none |
| Good Apple Guide To Creative Drama | 1981 | Foley, Kathy/ Lud, Mara/ Power, Carol | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 2-6 plus. Lesson plans include stories, poems, and reproducibles. Allows you to use drama effectively from easy small/whole group movement through dramatizations |
| Good Apple Guide To Creative Drama, The | 1981 | Foley, Kathy/ Lud, Mara/ Power, Carol | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 2-6 plus. Lesson plans include stories, poems, and reproducibles. Allows you to use drama effectively from easy small/whole group movement through dramatizations |
| Good Beginnings | 1988 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: preschool - Grade 2. The seven units focus on abstract thinking, recall, colour, shape, awareness, sequencing, phonics, listening, and verbal skills. These skills are incorporated into the activities which not only educate and entertain the restless child but increase life skill attainment. The contents allow the child to rehearse for performances on seven stages on which youngsters perform regularly: the family room, bedroom, kitchen, playground or backyard, in a vehicle, restaurant, and grocery store. The activities in this book give children the opportunity to interact creatively with the scenery and props on each of the seven stages, while at the same time to learn essential life and curricular skills. |
| Governance Works! | 2006 | Laskinm, Barbara | Meta4 Creative Communications Inc. | A guidebook of governance essentials. This book was developed for SaskCulture Inc. and Arts and Cultural Industries Association Manitoba with the support of the Department of Canadian Heritage. It was originally presented to participants at workshops in Saskatchewan and Manitoba in January 2006. It is intended to be a tool to help your organization understand and implement the fundamentals of governance. |
| Hamlet: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Prepared by the Shaw Festival, this study guide contains information on the play and the actors who have performed it. |
| Handbook of Scenery, Properties and Lighting (Vol.2) | 1995 | Sweet, Harvey | Allyn and Bacon | A guide to lighting design and implementation. From the psychology of colour and its impact on the audience, to creating effective lighting for plays and other theatrical productions, to the basics of electrical wiring and safety, the book provides a comprehensive overview of lighting for profession and educational productions. Chapters: Analysis (script, performance, production situation); Lighting Design; Systems of lighting design for the Proscenium and non-Proscenium Theatre; The Design Process etc. |
| Handbook Of The Theatre, A | 1964 | Crampton, Esme | W.J. Gage Limited | none |
| High School "Can Of Squirms" | 1992 | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | "Can of Squirms" is a simplified role-playing game conceived in a fun format to make it easy for players to say what they feel and feel what they say. It encourages peer-group teaching and involves spontaneous feeling and value priorities. Each version of the game is designed for a specific age level or dialogue objective. Adaptable to one-on-one situations or group sessions. Can be used for improvisational discussion-openers in encounter, sensitivity, and counseling sessions; interactions demonstrations in psychology, social studies, and speech communication classes, starters for creative writing projects; exercises in value-clarification sessions. |
| Historical Drama: The Relation Of Literature and Reality | 1975 | Lindenberger, Herbert | University of Chicago Press | Lindenberger analyzes a large and significant area within Western Literature: the ways in which dramatists and their audiences from the Middle Ages to the present have perceived history and the individual's relationship to historical events. Combining a strong theoretical perspective with original insights into major dramatists such as Shakespeare, Corneille, Racine, Schiller, and Brecht, the book is organized around a series of problem s suggested by the great historical plays themselves. |
| Hodgeville: Division I & II Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All students are citizens of the hamlet Hodgeville. The Post Master, Mr. Appleby, has been transferred. The government has sent an efficient and trained Mr. Whimple as his replacement. A town crisis has erupted out of the changes (real or perceived) Mr. Whimple has made to the Post Office. | |
| Hodgeville: Division I & II Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All students are citizens of the hamlet Hodgeville. The Post Master, Mr. Appleby, has been transferred. The government has sent an efficient and trained Mr. Whimple as his replacement. A town crisis has erupted out of the changes (real or perceived) Mr. Whimple has made to the Post Office. | |
| Honouring Diversity in the Classroom: Series #1 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Challenges and Reflections |
| Hooked on Drama: The Theory And Practice Of Drama In Early Childhood | 1992 | Warren, Kathleen | Macquarie University | Level: Preschool to Grade 3. An Australian specialist acknowledges the direction and experience of Dorothy Heathcote and her followers around the world in this compilation of observations and exercises for the preschooler through to eight-year-old school children. Contents: Subject, Role, and Power; Managing a Drama Experience; Drama for Two-Year-Olds; Drama in the Preschool; Drama Plans for Preschool Children; The First Years of School; Drama Plans for Children in the Early School Years Ages Five to Eight; The Superheroes; Some Suggestions. |
| Hooked on Drama: The Theory And Practice Of Drama In Early Childhood | 1992 | Warrren, Kathleen | Macquarie University | Level: Preschool to Grade 3. An Australian specialist acknowledges the direction and experience of Dorothy Heathcote and her followers around the world in this compilation of observations and exercises for the preschooler through to eight-year-old school children. Contents: Subject, Role, and Power; Managing a Drama Experience; Drama for Two-Year-Olds; Drama in the Preschool; Drama Plans for Preschool Children; The First Years of School; Drama Plans for Children in the Early School Years Ages Five to Eight; The Superheroes; Some Suggestions. |
| How To Direct The High School Play | 1978 | Miller, Leon | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Contents: Selecting The Play; Casting The Play; Rehearsal; Interpretation and Characterization; Blocking The Play; Technical Organization; Projection; Dress Rehearsals; The Performance; After Glow; Appendix. |
| How To Produce A Better School Play | 1983 | Brown Spalding, Sharon | J. Weston Walch | Part 1 - Assessing Your Resources, Part 2 - Researching the Play, Part 3 - Putting the Play Onstage - Planning a budget to make sure the sequins are just right on a fanciful creation |
| How To Produce A Video | 1988 | Kondzielewski, Martin | Saskatchewan Drama Association | This manual contains the major elements of video production |
| How To Produce The Play: The Complete Production Handbook | 1977 | Young, John Wray/ Mary, Margaret | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Contents: How to Organize The Backstage; The Technical Preparation; How To Design The Setting; How to Build the Setting; How to Colour the Setting; Properties; Furniture; Sound Effects; How to Costume the Play; Make-Up; How to Light the Play; The Language of Theatre. |
| Improve With Improv! A Guide To Improvisation And Character Development | 1993 | Jones, Brie | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | This book is a complete Improv curriculum program divided into 20 class-length workshops. Each workshop contains carefully selected exercises designed to help students focus on one aspect of a character's personality. Student's learn how to create characters through solo and ensemble pantomime, physicalization, vocal techniques, props, and more. Also includes class syllabus and guidelines, character outline sheet, character examples and a reading list. |
| Improvisation Starters | 1992 | Bernardi, Philip | Betterway Books | A collection of 900 Improv situations for the theatre. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Each of the three units can be taught separately or they can be used sequentially. The Grade 7 unit covers the following improvisational skills: spontaneity, control, concentration, plot structure, yielding and cooperation. The Grade 8 unit also cover these areas but uses different exercises and activities. In addition, the grade eight unit deals with overloads. Likewise, the Grade 9 unit covers all the areas the Grade 8 unit did using different activities and adding status and preliminary mask work. |
| Improvisation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Each of the three units can be taught separately or they can be used sequentially. The Grade 7 unit covers the following improvisational skills: spontaneity, control, concentration, plot structure, yielding and cooperation. The Grade 8 unit also cover these areas but uses different exercises and activities. In addition, the grade eight unit deals with overloads. Likewise, the Grade 9 unit covers all the areas the Grade 8 unit did using different activities and adding status and preliminary mask work. |
| Improvisation: Learning Through Drama | 1985 | Booth, David and Lundy, Charles | Academic Press | This valuable teaching aid is divided into five sections. Section A: getting prepared for drama. Section B: preparing the whole group for the drama process. These two sections are filled with theatre games and activities. Section C: the differences between playing oneself and playing a role. Section D: crosses into drama itself. The last part of the book, "Drama Projects", offers suggestions for exploring the performance aspects of theatre. |
| Improvisation: Learning Through Drama | 1985 | Booth, David and Lundy, Charles | Academic Press | This valuable teaching aid is divided into five sections. Section A: getting prepared for drama. Section B: preparing the whole group for the drama process. These two sections are filled with theatre games and activities. Section C: the differences between playing oneself and playing a role. Section D: crosses into drama itself. The last part of the book, "Drama Projects", offers suggestions for exploring the performance aspects of theatre. |
| Improvisations In Creative Drama | 1988 | Keller, Betty | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Dramatic sketches for student actors. Students will learn both improvisational and structured drama by using the sequential workshops and plays included in the lesson plans in this book. Fourteen dramatic sketches that can be done in the classroom allow the students to apply the basic they have learned. A class of 25-30 students can all participate simultaneously. A basic text for improvisational and structured drama. Recommended as an introduction to the fundamentals of sound and music, poetry and imagination, and play acting on stage. An especially helpful guide to group activities with beginning actors of all ages. |
| Improvisations In Creative Drama | 1988 | Keller, Betty | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Dramatic sketches for student actors. Students will learn both improvisational and structured drama by using the sequential workshops and plays included in the lesson plans in this book. Fourteen dramatic sketches that can be done in the classroom allow the students to apply the basic they have learned. A class of 25-30 students can all participate simultaneously. A basic text for improvisational and structured drama. Recommended as an introduction to the fundamentals of sound and music, poetry and imagination, and play acting on stage. An especially helpful guide to group activities with beginning actors of all ages. |
| In Character | 1992 | Ed: Siamon, Jeff | Nelson Canada | This anthology's 15 varied plays and excerpts from plays are suitable for use by drama teachers. Brief background explanations are provided for three of the plays in an effort to focus on the elements of character, plot, and setting. Included are "Words On A Page" by Daniel Moses, "Monologues For Teenagers" by Ralph Karshner and an excerpt from "Paper Wheat" from the 25th Street Theatre. |
| In Role: Teaching And Learning Dramatically | 1994 | Verriour, Patrick | Pippin Publishing Limited | Contents: Planning Dramatically; Playing Dramatically; Teaching Dramatically; Thinking Dramatically; Playing Dramatically; Integrating Learning Dramatically. |
| In The Driver's Seat | 1990 | Spry, Lib | Health And Welfare Canada | A manual and video tape providing a practical guide to creating a theatre forum on drinking and driving. Chapters: Exploration; Discovering the Common Problems; Building the Play's Structure; Scripting the Play; Rehearsing the Play; The Performance; Follow Up. Also contains the script for In The Driver's Seat as well as contacts and resources. |
| In The Driver's Seat: Video | 1990 | Spry, Lib | Health And Welfare Canada | Look: In The Driver's Seat |
| Indian Storyteller's Kit - Suggestions For t=The Storyteller | 1972 | Contemporary Drama Service | The companion guide for the Indian Storyteller's Kit (available in our library). | |
| Interpretation: Working With Scripts | 1983 | Booth, David/ Lundy, Charles | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This book is about interpreting scripts, about bringing life to words written by a playwright. Interpretation is a learning process which starts when you begin to explore a script for meaning. Throughout this book opportunities are presented to play the role of playwright, performer, director, and audience. This book is divided into three sections: Section A - Theatre Scripts - examines and analyzes scripts, interprets character. Section B - Alternative Scripts - explores various dramatic techniques for creating scripts from poems, articles, and cartoons. Section C - The Cycle of Theatre - explores scripts from the past, present, and future. Each section begins with an explanatory "Introduction" and is divided into chapters. At the end of most chapters is a "Workshop" that provided activities related to the overall theme of the chapter. Since the scripts in this book are connected through themes of theatre, the sections can be explored in any order, and the chapter completed in any sequence. |
| Interpretation: Working With Scripts | 1983 | Booth, David/ Lundy, Charles | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This book is about interpreting scripts, about bringing life to words written by a playwright. Interpretation is a learning process which starts when you begin to explore a script for meaning. Throughout this book opportunities are presented to play the role of playwright, performer, director, and audience. This book is divided into three sections: Section A - Theatre Scripts - examines and analyzes scripts, interprets character. Section B - Alternative Scripts - explores various dramatic techniques for creating scripts from poems, articles, and cartoons. Section C - The Cycle of Theatre - explores scripts from the past, present, and future. Each section begins with an explanatory "Introduction" and is divided into chapters. At the end of most chapters is a "Workshop" that provided activities related to the overall theme of the chapter. Since the scripts in this book are connected through themes of theatre, the sections can be explored in any order, and the chapter completed in any sequence. |
| Introductory Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama games and activities used in orientation classes (control games, relaxation exercises, observation and listening skills, development games and exercises. |
| Jumbo Book of Drama, The | 2004 | Dunleavy, Deborah | Kids Can Press | |
| Drama In The Secondary School - Junior High Introductory Handbook | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Assists the teacher in planning lessons, units, and programs and covers philosophy, objectives, facilities, equipment, supplies, production, clubs, evaluation and workshop/conference suggestions pertinent to Drama. Many helpful hints for a smooth running program have been included. |
| Just A Minute | 1990 | Watts, Irene | Pembroke Publishers | Ten short plays and activities with rehearsal strategies to accompany multicultural stories from around the world. Level: ages 10-15. Playing time 5 minutes each play. These plays have been created specifically for classroom use and teachers may freely reproduce plays for use with students. Practical activities include strategies for oral language from breathing exercises, brainstorming, and imaginary language, to drama as a multicultural celebration. Contents: Drama and Multiculturalism in the Classroom; Good Neighbors (Russia); The Pied Piper of Hamelin (United Kingdom); The Party (Thailand); Earth, Fire, and Water (China); The Talking Fish (Germany); The Enchanted Spring (Eastern Europe - Jewish); The Magic Sieve (Japan); The Blind Hunter (Canada - Inuit); Sungold (India- Punjabi); The Captive Moon (Scotland). Canadian Author. |
| Art Book, The | 1980 | Milburn, Pat | Unpublished | This resource book is intended for elementary teachers with no special training in art. It is a informative and practical resource. |
| I Can Feel The Rhythm | 2007 | Gilpin, Greg | Shawnee Press, Inc. | This collection contains 8 chorals that are fun to learn, interesting to teach and entertaining for both performers and listeners. This resource meets National Standards (US) for music education: 1. singing, along and with others, a varied repetoire of music, 2. performing on instruments, alone and with others, a varied repetroire of music, 3. reading adn notating music, 4. listening to, analyzing and describing music, and 5. evaluating music and music performances. |
| Clown Hits And Skits | 2010 | Strelak, Richard and Sherman, Marty | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | A production-tested repertoire of sure-fire clown skits. Five different style of sketches are included--classic, gags, dumb magic, tricks, caught-in-the-act and skits with props. The packet includes twenty skits with prop diagrams and a section on "How to Write Your Own Clown Skits." |
| Clown Skits For Everyone | 1991 | Feder, Jack | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | This book is a handy aid for anyone and everyone who is ever in need of clown performance material or bits of advice on how to perform. This book contains dozens of fully scripted skits designed to be used by one or two clowns. |
| Drama Recipe Book 2 | 1996 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | This resource is divided into three main sections: Entrees (used at the beginning and during the early part of class), Main Courses (used to form the core of the class) and Afters (used to bring the class to a conclusion). The activities are set out in a simple step by step format that includes running time, its purpose and use and degree of diffiulty. All are suitable for all ages. |
| Kids On Stage (Handbook) | 1994 | Jacobson, John | Hal Leonard Corporation | This practical guide (and video) will make a stage of just your gym floor, with dozens of helpful photos and step-by-step approaches. The techniques come alive on the video with Jacobson and a sixth grade group, as they learn how to project their lines and communicate with an audience. Topics include: basic stage terminology, blocking, stage projection, stage movement, microphone use, self confidence, sound system tips and more. |
| Kids On Stage (Video Tape) | 1994 | Jacobson, John | Hal Leonard Corporation | Look: Kids on Stage (Handbook) |
| Learning to Live, Living To Learn: Perspectives On Arts Education In Canada | 2005 | UNESCO, August 2005 | Preliminary report on Consultations conducted by the Canadian Commmission for UNESCO. | |
| Let's Pretend | 1987 | Chirinian, Helene | Price/Stern/Sloan | Short plays parents and children can do together. Each play is accompnaied by educational enrichement ideas and suggestions for simple props. Helps children develop self-esteem and self-confidence. |
| EDTA Canada Conference - New Drama Activities - 2021 | 2021 | Dahl, Janea (Edited by) | Drama Notebook | New drama actitivies plus Facial Expression Tips. More information is available at http://www.dramanotebook.com |
| Who Does What Back Stage? | N/A | Anonymous | Unpublished | A series of "Techie Proverbs". |
| Living Powers: The Arts In Education | 1987 | Ed: Abbs, Peter | The Falmer Press | Contents: Confronting The Crisis In The Arts; The Arts in Education; Their Collective History and Their Future Development; Into The Future. |
| Make Music | 1967 | Addison, Richard | Holmes McDougall Limited | A book of musical experiments for young people, introducing them to music with instruments, rhythm, songs, composing, scales, and other aspects of music. |
| Make-Up Workshop Teacher's Guide, The | 1988 | Theatre Video Series | DVC Inc | none |
| Make-Up Workshop Video, The | 1988 | Theatre Video Series | DVC Inc | 104 minutes |
| Making Stories | 1992 | Watt, Irene N | Pembroke Publishers | Intriguing ideas for using the story circle to help students create, build, and dramatize their own stories. Using materials that are readily available, children learn to collaborate as they explore all forms of communication. Students will learn how to discover stories in the news, how to use letters as stories, how to uncover stories through updating folktales and many other valuable techniques. |
| Mime Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6. Lesson Plans |
| Mime Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6. Lesson Plans |
| Mime Handbook: Illusions Made Easy | 1989 | Lynn, J | Contents: Forward inclinations; rear inclinations; side inclinations; rotations; transtations of the head; transtations of the chest; the lean; the sit with a lean (masculine); the sit with a lean (feminine); the wall illusion; the wall illusion (moving self); walk #1; walk #2; moon walk; pulling a rope; glossary and the sections of the body. | |
| Mime: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This two-part unit deals with classical and contemporary mime. The lessons are sequential and both sections lead to the development of mimed sketched for performance. |
| Mime: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This two-part unit deals with classical and contemporary mime. The lessons are sequential and both sections lead to the development of mimed sketched for performance. |
| Mina's Guide to Minue Taking | 2004 | Mina, Eli | Eli Mina Consulting | |
| Mischief Makers | 1994 | Swortzell, Lowell | New Plays Incorporated | A Comedy for Three Actors. About the World's best loved Tricksters, Rascals and Rogues. With a Multicultural Study Guide by Nancy Swotzell. Warm ups, Storytelling, Group Writing. |
| Monologue, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit provides eight lessons that guide the student through understanding what a monologue is, to writing and producing one. |
| Monsters: Primary, Grades 1 & 2 Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All the children are monsters in a small village. The will define their culture (limited) and deal with the conflicts of not being accepted and/or feared by the rest of the world. | |
| Monsters: Primary, Grades 1 & 2 Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All the children are monsters in a small village. The will define their culture (limited) and deal with the conflicts of not being accepted and/or feared by the rest of the world. | |
| Movement Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-3. Lesson plans for folk dances arranged in developmental sequence. |
| Movement: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6 with tested lesson plans |
| Movement: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The "Get Up And Dance! I Can't! Yes, You Can!" booklet. this unit covers beginning lessons in movement and dance and will provide a means of taking movement work to a presentational level. It is divided into three five-lesson sections: free movement, dramatic movement, and choreographed movement. |
| Movement: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The "Get Up And Dance! I Can't! Yes, You Can!" booklet. this unit covers beginning lessons in movement and dance and will provide a means of taking movement work to a presentational level. It is divided into three five-lesson sections: free movement, dramatic movement, and choreographed movement. |
| Multicultural Connections | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This series of lessons works through a process to assist students in examining some of the issues faced in our multicultural society. |
| Multicultural Connections: Diversity In The Classroom Series #2 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Exploring Strategies and Issues |
| Multiple Intelligences: The Theory In Practice | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Contents: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences; Educating the Intelligences; Assessment and Beyond; The Components of An MI Education; The Future of Work on Multiple Intelligences. |
| Musical Theatre: Curriculum And Unit | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Integrated studies in dance, drama, and vocal music are outlined in this unit. The work is geared towards students with a special interest in performance. |
| New Improvisation, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This is a new resource designed specifically to meet the requirements of the improvisation/acting discipline of the curriculum. It is divided into beginning, intermediate, and advanced levels, but teachers are encouraged to use and adapt as they like to match their teaching style and students. |
| New Improvisation, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This is a new resource designed specifically to meet the requirements of the improvisation/acting discipline of the curriculum. It is divided into beginning, intermediate, and advanced levels, but teachers are encouraged to use and adapt as they like to match their teaching style and students. |
| Not Like Us | 1975 | MacKenzie, Daivd | Ideas, questions, and activities based on the play. The story has many different themes and concerns within its structure. Basically it is an adventure story. On another level it is about the qualities and relationship of the elements; about getting along with people who have different qualities than we have and learning to work with them. | |
| Offstage: Elementary Education Through Drama | 1983 | Tarlington, Carol/ Verriour, Patrick | Oxford University Press | Contents: Name games, circle group, vocal and mime exercises, movement, role drama, performance. |
| On Cue 1 | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This anthology is an excellent collection of plays, encompassing stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play, chosen for their relevance and appeal to grades 9 and 10 students. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Six of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Highly recommended for Drama 10 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre study unit. Plays: Esso, Words on a Page, The Tender Branch, Icetime, A Marriage Proposal, The Miracle Worker, The Veldt, A Storm in Summer, The Dream and the Triumph, The Hangashore, Letters, Doors. |
| On Cue 1 | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This anthology is an excellent collection of plays, encompassing stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play, chosen for their relevance and appeal to grades 9 and 10 students. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Six of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Highly recommended for Drama 10 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre study unit. Plays: Esso, Words on a Page, The Tender Branch, Icetime, A Marriage Proposal, The Miracle Worker, The Veldt, A Storm in Summer, The Dream and the Triumph, The Hangashore, Letters, Doors. |
| On Cue 1: Teacher's Guide | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 1: Teacher's Guide | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 2 | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This is an excellent collection of 12 stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play. Level: Grades 10-12. Recommended for Drama 20 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre studies unit. Five of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Selections from this resource have been listed for use in English Language Arts at the secondary level. Plays: How I Met My Husband, In a Room Somewhere, Last to Go, In the Mall, Billy Bishop Goes To War, A Little Something for the Ducks, In the Fall, A Separate Peace, Salt-Water Moon, War of the Worlds, Jack of Hearts, Advice to the Players. |
| On Cue 2 | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This is an excellent collection of 12 stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play. Level: Grades 10-12. Recommended for Drama 20 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre studies unit. Five of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Selections from this resource have been listed for use in English Language Arts at the secondary level. Plays: How I Met My Husband, In a Room Somewhere, Last to Go, In the Mall, Billy Bishop Goes To War, A Little Something for the Ducks, In the Fall, A Separate Peace, Salt-Water Moon, War of the Worlds, Jack of Hearts, Advice to the Players. |
| On Cue 2: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 2: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Stage: Drama 10 | 1979 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | On Stage is divided into two sections. The Guide section contains those elements which the B.C. Ministry of Education, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 10. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. It also includes exercise material designed to assist the teacher. |
| On Stage: Drama 10 | 1979 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | On Stage is divided into two sections. The Guide section contains those elements which the B.C. Ministry of Education, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 10. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. It also includes exercise material designed to assist the teacher. |
| One Hundred Plus Ideas For Drama | 1988 | Scher, Anna/ Varrall, Charles | Heinemann Eduactional Books | A multitude of ideas for drama teachers. Contents: Games, Spoken Word; Warm-Ups; Mime and Movement; Characters; Improvised Plays and Technique. |
| Orientation Jr. High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Orientation Jr. High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Orientation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Performance One: Acting 11 | 1989 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This book is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and The Resources section. The Guide contains those elements officially prescribed by the Ministry for the Senior Theatre Program in general and for Acting 11 in particular. This section included: the philosophy, goals, and structure of the Theatre Program; it also includes the goals, learning outcomes, and organization o the Acting 11 course. The Resources section contains recommendations and teaching suggestions for evaluation, class control, resource books, equipment, and supplies. In particular, it includes a great deal of exercise material designed to assist the teacher in accomplishing the learning outcomes defined in the Guide section of this book. |
| Performance One: Acting 11 | 1989 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This book is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and The Resources section. The Guide contains those elements officially prescribed by the Ministry for the Senior Theatre Program in general and for Acting 11 in particular. This section included: the philosophy, goals, and structure of the Theatre Program; it also includes the goals, learning outcomes, and organization o the Acting 11 course. The Resources section contains recommendations and teaching suggestions for evaluation, class control, resource books, equipment, and supplies. In particular, it includes a great deal of exercise material designed to assist the teacher in accomplishing the learning outcomes defined in the Guide section of this book. |
| Performance Two: Acting 12 | 1983 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and the Resources section. the Guide contains elements selected in 1983 by the B.C, Ministry of Education for the Acting 12 course. The Resources section covers skills in acting and styles of acting. Included are many teaching suggestions, in particular exercise material and sample scenes. |
| Performance Two: Acting 12 | 1983 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and the Resources section. the Guide contains elements selected in 1983 by the B.C, Ministry of Education for the Acting 12 course. The Resources section covers skills in acting and styles of acting. Included are many teaching suggestions, in particular exercise material and sample scenes. |
| Phantom Of The Opera: Teacher's Guide | 1989 | Live Entertainment Corporation of Canada | Live Entertainment Corporation of Canada | A complete resource kit containing cross-curricular activities: English, Music, Dramatic Arts, Business and Marketing, Computer Studies, Technological Studies, and Pantages Theatre Information |
| Pipeline | 1975 | Holt, Jackie and Mahoney, Patricia | Teacher's guide to the collective. The story of Chloe, a teenage Inuit girl dealing with the political and environmental problems of the pipeline itself. The story and characters are fictional although the play is based on research into the responses to the Berger Inquiry. Many of the lines in the play were spoken by individuals who appeared before Judge Berger. | |
| Planet Nardo - Space Community | 1987 | Burke, M. R. and Malczewski, C. L. | A role drama for grades two to three. Designed for teachers who would like to do drama in their classroom but don't know how. This unit of seven lessons will allow children to explore, through drama, the expectations that 'space settlers' might have of 'space communities' and to find out how their experiences in preparation for living in such a community might match their expectations. It included a variety of activities: e.g. Language Arts; Drawing; Music and Movement; Role-playing; Dramatic Playing; as well as co-operative learning and higher-level thinking. At the end of the drama the children will understand the difference between expectations, needs, and realization of a community and it's people. Each lesson is clearly set out, requiring no materials not found din a classroom: all the teacher has to do is follow it. | |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning Together: Diversity In The Classroom Series #4 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Positive Classroom Environments |
| Play Directing In The School | 1997 | Grote, David | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | Directing plays in schools is far different than directing for community or professional theatre. This invaluable text effectively details and explains the world of producing plays in the school environment. In ten comprehensive chapters we are provided with ideas for consistently successful shows? while avoiding the pitfalls and the problems that often block the way. |
| Play, Drama And Thought | 1989 | Courtney, Richard | Simon and Pierre | Contents: Play, Drama & Educational Thought; Play, Drama & Psychology; Play , Drama, & Society; Drama, Mind, and Society. From selecting of the script to casting to rehearsals to building your theatre program, Grote supplies the key to opening the curtain to successful productions. Whether it's budgeting, scheduling, or the motivating and management of students, this book is a must for anyone directing in an educational institution. |
| Playbuilding: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit shows three possible approaches a teacher could take in order to develop an original play. The first method shows the teacher how to utilize a written source as a basis for drama; the second develops a play from the idea that all students are characters in the same town; and the third approach (the least structured) starts the playbuilding process by asking the students, "What do you want to make a play about?" |
| Playbuilding: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit shows three possible approaches a teacher could take in order to develop an original play. The first method shows the teacher how to utilize a written source as a basis for drama; the second develops a play from the idea that all students are characters in the same town; and the third approach (the least structured) starts the playbuilding process by asking the students, "What do you want to make a play about?" |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps to the One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps to the One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps To The One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Practical Primary Drama | 1983 | Davies, Geoff | Heinemann Educational Books | Designed for teachers with little or no experience, this book has many useful suggestions on how to prepare and conduct drama sessions; the difficulty of doing drama in a hall or classroom and ideas for lessons are discussed. While adhering to the latest and most up to date thinking on the value of drama in the education of young people, the emphasis in this book is entirely practical and deals with the 'how' and not the 'why' of drama and should prove to be a valuable handbook for drama teachers. |
| Practical Primary Drama | 1983 | Davies, Geoff | Heinemann Educational Books | Designed for teachers with little or no experience, this book has many useful suggestions on how to prepare and conduct drama sessions; the difficulty of doing drama in a hall or classroom and ideas for lessons are discussed. While adhering to the latest and most up to date thinking on the value of drama in the education of young people, the emphasis in this book is entirely practical and deals with the 'how' and not the 'why' of drama and should prove to be a valuable handbook for drama teachers. |
| Professional Theatre For Young Audiences, V.III | 1988 | Arizona State University Department of Theatre | Arizona State University | This volume provides information to presenters, performing groups, and students of the filed about many of the companies producing work for children's theatre. Most of the companies also provide study guides for teachers or parents to use as either preparation for witnessing the performance or to provide ideas for follow-up discussions and/or activities. |
| Prologue Drama 8: Secondary Curriculum Guide & Resource | 1990 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Prologue contains two different types of material. The Guide section contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1977, prescribed essential to the drama program. In addition, three resource sections are included: "Lesson Ideas;" "Evaluation;" and "Additional Resource". These sections contain suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, equipment and supplies, recommended print material and much more. |
| Prologue Drama 8: Secondary Curriculum Guide & Resource | 1990 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Prologue contains two different types of material. The Guide section contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1977, prescribed essential to the drama program. In addition, three resource sections are included: "Lesson Ideas;" "Evaluation;" and "Additional Resource". These sections contain suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, equipment and supplies, recommended print material and much more. |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Public Nuisance, A | 1988 | Brookes, Chris | Memorail University | Contents: A history of Newfoundland's Mummer's troupe, a company who developed and performed collective creations across Newfoundland during the seventies and early eighties. A moving, humorous and fast-paced read for those interested in Canadian theatre. |
| Puppetry Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Shadow, paper bag, finger, rod, vegetable, junk and glove puppets. How to construct and use puppets for the classroom |
| Puppetry Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Shadow, paper bag, finger, rod, vegetable, junk and glove puppets. How to construct and use puppets for the classroom |
| Putting on the School Play: A Complete Handbook | 1980 | Holtje, Adrienne/ Mayr, Grace | Parker Publishing | Ideas on coaching methods, costume and stage design, lighting and special effects. Discusses casting, lighting, costuming, making props, and producing your play on a tight budget. |
| Radio Play, The | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit is divided into two sections, the first part of which teaches the skills necessary to create a radio play, while the second directs the students to apply their knowledge in a project format. |
| Radio Techniques | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook deals with the use of radio equipment, speech techniques for radio, marking copy, narration, interviews, announcing and programming. Various radio projects are discussed. |
| Re-Cognizing Richard Courtney | 1988 | Booth, David and Martin-Smith, Alistair | Pembroke Publishers Limited | The work of Richard Courtney is gathered in the guide. It offers a glimpse into his career in drama in education |
| Renown At Stratford | 1953 | Davies, Robertson, Guthriel, Tyrone and MacDonald, Grant | Clarke, Irwin & Company | A record of Stratford's 1953 Shakespeare Festival. |
| Resources for Dramatic Play | 1989 | Brokering, Lois | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Preschool and Kindergarten. This book provides 2 play themes including a list of props, costume suggestions and patterns, scenery ideas, play possibilities and preparation tips. |
| Resources for Dramatic Play | 1989 | Brokering, Lois | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Preschool and Kindergarten. This book provides 2 play themes including a list of props, costume suggestions and patterns, scenery ideas, play possibilities and preparation tips. |
| Robert's Rules for Dummies | 2005 | C. Alan Jennings | Wiley Publishing, Inc. | |
| Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised 10th Edition | 2000 | Robert III, Henry M., Evans, William, J., Honemann, Daniel H., Balch, Thomas J. (Editors) | Perseus Publishing | |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole and Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole and Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole/ Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Play | 1987 | Ladousse, Gillian Porter | Oxfor University Press | The books moves from closely-controlled, teacher-directed role play activities through to fully-fledged simulations devised and written by the students themselves. It brings together into one collection an enormous range of activities for teachers at all levels to draw upon and to build upon. |
| Safety Guidelines For The Live Performance Industry In Ontario | 1997 | Ministry of Labour Ontario | Guidelines for a safe performance. Including cleaning, set, props and special effects. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education Curr: Grade 1 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education Gr. 4 & 5 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education: Gr. 2 &3 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Scene Study: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit demonstrates one way of making smooth and sequential transition from Improvisation to script. A theme is chosen and then explored through improvisation, monologues, scene work and play performance |
| Scene Study: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit demonstrates one way of making smooth and sequential transition from Improvisation to script. A theme is chosen and then explored through improvisation, monologues, scene work and play performance |
| Scene Writing & Performance | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Level: Grade 9. Enables students to make use of improvisation skills which they have used in the past and to use their creative abilities within a pre-set boundary - the script itself. The student will then have the opportunity to polish their work as a performance project. the unit works from the level of "the idea" to the polished final performance. The processes in the unit draw from skills in several of the disciplines. The theme of your unit could deal with serious issues i.e. family problems, social issues, peer pressure, the world at work. |
| Scene Writing & Performance | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Level: Grade 9. Enables students to make use of improvisation skills which they have used in the past and to use their creative abilities within a pre-set boundary - the script itself. The student will then have the opportunity to polish their work as a performance project. the unit works from the level of "the idea" to the polished final performance. The processes in the unit draw from skills in several of the disciplines. The theme of your unit could deal with serious issues i.e. family problems, social issues, peer pressure, the world at work. |
| Scenes, An Exploration: Junior High | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Part one of this unit is teacher directed using demonstrations, discussions, and group work as a basis for learning the skills. Part Two is partner/small group work. Student selection of scenes is important in this section. When students are making their own choices they have ownership and interest in the project. Their independent preparation of the scenes should apply skills from the improvisation/acting discipline. Scripts produced by students in the Scene Writing and Performance unit are provided for use with this scene study unit. |
| School Plus A Vision for Children and Youth | 2001 | Tymchak, Dr. M./ SIDRU | Governement of Saskatchewan | Toward a New School, Community and Human Service Partnership in Saskatchewan. Task Force & Public Dialogue on the Role of the School. Final Report to the Minister of Education Government of Saskatchewan |
| See Saw: Study Guide | 2005 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Synopsis of play included. Preparing for the play included. Suggested activities for Standards of Writing and Social Responsibility and the Language Arts, Social Studies, and Fine Arts Curriculum for Grades K-3, 4-5, and 6-7. |
| See Saw: Study Guide | 2005 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Preparing for the play included. Suggested activities for Standards of Writing and Social Responsibility and the Language Arts, Social Studies, and Fine Arts Curriculum for Grades K-3, 4-5, and 6-7. |
| Set Design: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The unit provides for the learning of terminology, functions of the designer, stage and set types, scale and ground plans. The concepts are kept at a basic level and are reinforced with numerous activities and mini-projects throughout. The final project allows the students, working from a script, to design and construct a set model. The lessons take into consideration the level and ability of the students and the restrictions of budget, space and time in the junior high school. |
| Set Design: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The unit provides for the learning of terminology, functions of the designer, stage and set types, scale and ground plans. The concepts are kept at a basic level and are reinforced with numerous activities and mini-projects throughout. The final project allows the students, working from a script, to design and construct a set model. The lessons take into consideration the level and ability of the students and the restrictions of budget, space and time in the junior high school. |
| Seven Ages of Theatre, The | 1963 | Southern, Richard | Hill & Wang | Presents the pageant of theatre history in terms of its phases - rather than dated periods. The seven phases are: The Costumes Player; Great Religious Festivals; The Rise of Professional Playing; The Organized Stage; The Roofed Playhouse with Scenery; Illusion; Anti-Illusion. |
| Seven Ages of Theatre, The | 1963 | Southern, Richard | Hill & Wang | Presents the pageant of theatre history in terms of its phases - rather than dated periods. The seven phases are: The Costumes Player; Great Religious Festivals; The Rise of Professional Playing; The Organized Stage; The Roofed Playhouse with Scenery; Illusion; Anti-Illusion. |
| Shows on a Shoestring | 1979 | McCaslin, Nellie | New Plays Incorporated | A young people's guide to simple productions. Nellie McCaslin provides a 'how-to' guide that takes students through the entire process from planning to production. As she leads the reader through a diversity of entertainments that range from pet and hobby shows to story-telling and street theatre, she outlines the process and pitfalls involved with simplicity and clarity and a wealth of practical information. Contains illustrated photographs. |
| Simplefied Make-Up | 1939 | Stahl, Leroy | Heuer Publishing | How to make simple facial make-up changes for the Stage |
| Small Stage Sets on Tour | 1987 | Miller, James Hull | Contemporary Drama Service | This book contains Miller's fifty years of experience in the design, construction, and application of portable stage sets. Dozens of actual sets and how to build them are included. Also examines various types of theatres and other playing spaces encountered in traveling productions. Sample chapters include: folding screens, walls, steps and platforms, stagecraft in schools, theatre designs and the Proscenium Theatre. Miller recounts many of his backstage experiences and discusses the theory taught in his Art Lab. An indispensable resource for stage crews and theatre students. |
| Source Book in Theatrical History, A | 1952 | Nagler, A.M. | Dover Publicaions | none |
| Speech Handbook: Elementary | 1977 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: The Voice; Posture; Tuning Up; Choral Speech; Choric Drama. Lessons and examples. |
| Speech Handbook: Elementary | 1977 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: The Voice; Posture; Tuning Up; Choral Speech; Choric Drama. Lessons and examples. |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Stage Combat: The Action To The Word | 1980 | Hobbs, William | St. Martin's Press | A fascinating, informative and first rate book for students, amateurs and professionals. Hobbs tells actors and directors where to begin planning a stage fight, developing it from the dramatic context and the characters involved, and taking advantage of set requirements. The longest chapter in the book is devoted to illustrations and explanations of the fundamental moves of which all fights are composed. Includes a 32 page photo-section, a thoroughly researched summary of the history of stage combat, how to stage battle scenes, brawls and non-realistic fights using dance and low motion. |
| Stage Lighting | 1979 | Pilbrown, Richard | Cassell Limited, London | This edition covers every aspect of lighting for the modern theatre. It is divided into two sections: Stage Lighting Design and Stage Lighting Mechanics. |
| Stage Lighting Handbook, The (Third Edition) | 1987 | Reid, Francis | A & C Black Publishers Lilmited, London | The Stage Lighting Handbook is considered a standard introduction to stage lighting, an essential source of information and advice for everyone involved in lighting design and practice. |
| Stage Lighting in the Boondocks | 1987 | Miller, James | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | A stage lighting manual for simplified stagecraft systems. The book describes how professional quality lighting can be achieved within the limitations of school auditoriums, community theatres and churches. The book is divided into two parts. The first part contains a short section on stage lighting in general, plus a number of lighting solutions for specific programs and locations. The second part contains more detailed information on dimmers, lamps, spotlight types, filters connectors, control boards, homemade equipment etc |
| Stage Lighting in the Boondocks | 1987 | Miller, James | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | A stage lighting manual for simplified stagecraft systems. The book describes how professional quality lighting can be achieved within the limitations of school auditoriums, community theatres and churches. The book is divided into two parts. The first part contains a short section on stage lighting in general, plus a number of lighting solutions for specific programs and locations. The second part contains more detailed information on dimmers, lamps, spotlight types, filters connectors, control boards, homemade equipment etc |
| Stage Management (Fifth Edition) | 1995 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn And Bacon Inc | Written for a varied audience involved in school, college, community and professional theatre, this guide provides a systematic examination of the role of the Stage Manager in overall theatre. Practical and down-to-earth, it offers a step-by-step examination of theatre production, from technical details of lighting and sound to professional tips and procedures that save time and avoid mishaps. |
| Stage Management (Third Edition) | 1987 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn And Bacon Inc | Whether you are a first or a many-time stage manager, you will find this book an invaluable aid to organizing the many duties of stage managing. Especially helpful is a task list - A Chronological Approach and Priorities - detailing the task, its priority and the page number where information is to be found. These tasks are categorized chronologically as "Before Rehearsals Begin", "During Readings and Rehearsals" etc. |
| Stage Manager's Handbook, The | 1953 | Gruver, Bert and Hamilton, Frank | Drama Book Publishers | This reference book is the industry standard for stage managers. It describes in detail each aspect of the SM's job including pre-rehearsal and rehearsal times, the managing of performances and touring responsibilities |
| Stage Scenery: Its Construction And Rigging | 1981 | Gillette, A.S. and Gillette, J. Michael | Harper And Row, Publishers, New York | Throughly explores the organization of the production staff to the scene shop to properties to rigging to backstage organization and management in regards to the nonoprofessional theatre. |
| Stagecraft Handbook: Senior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This manual discusses staging, ground plans, basic flat construction, window and door flats, construction of three-dimensional scenery, rostra, platforms and steps, in an order suitable for developing a unit. It also covers theatre terms and gives a tool and materials list. |
| Stagecraft: 11/12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections. The Curriculum Guide contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1988, prescribed for Stagecraft 11 and 12. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluation, resource books, equipment and supplies. Besides frequent examples to explain stagecraft techniques and an annotated bibliography at the end of each unit, numerous student activities have been suggested throughout. |
| Stagefighting: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit deals with physical combat for the stage. The sequential lessons teach skills necessary to demonstrate fourteen fight moves, fight theory, and fight choreography. |
| Stagefighting: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit deals with physical combat for the stage. The sequential lessons teach skills necessary to demonstrate fourteen fight moves, fight theory, and fight choreography. |
| Staging A Children's Musical | 1987 | Lavender, Cheryl, Olsen, Joanne and Telleen, Charlotte | Popplers Music Inc | A workbook for selecting and producing the perfect musical. Contains tips and ideas, plans and layouts, schedules and checklists, letters, certificates, diagrams, and illustrations, and reproducible planning pages. |
| Stanislavski System, The | 1965 | Moore, Sonia | The Viking Press, New York | From the teachings of Konstanti S. Stanislavski. An enlarged edition and revised in the light of research on the "method of physical actions." |
| Start With A Story: Literature and Learning in Your Classroom | 1991 | Wason-Ellam, Linda | Pembroke Publishers | Level: Elementary. Collection of stories and books which offers hundreds of practical classroom ideas from the very simple activities to challenge any child. Includes useful strategies for reading, writing, listening, talking, viewing, art, music, and drama for use with a variety of books - from wordless picture books to poetry, from novels to non-fiction. Teachers will find the literature they need to use in all areas of the curriculum. Designed to help teachers trying to implement a "whole language" program. Topics: Listening and Talking; Viewing; Reading; Writing; Art; Music; Storytelling; and Drama. |
| Start With A Story: Literature and Learning in Your Classroom | 1991 | Wason-Ellam, Linda | Pembroke Publishers | Level: Elementary. Collection of stories and books which offers hundreds of practical classroom ideas from the very simple activities to challenge any child. Includes useful strategies for reading, writing, listening, talking, viewing, art, music, and drama for use with a variety of books - from wordless picture books to poetry, from novels to non-fiction. Teachers will find the literature they need to use in all areas of the curriculum. Designed to help teachers trying to implement a "whole language" program. Topics: Listening and Talking; Viewing; Reading; Writing; Art; Music; Storytelling; and Drama. |
| Starting Drama | 1989 | Boagey, Eric | Unwin Hyman Limited | This book is geared for high school students and is structured in two parts. Part I, Drama Through the Ages - the major part of the book - gives a comprehensive and attractive presentation, with many illustrations, of the history of drama from the Greek theatre to the present day, In each chapter the information is given as a dialogue with eye-catching layout of the important features. The assignments are not so structured as in "Basic Drama Projects", but are no less challenging. |
| Step-By-Step Theater | 1989 | Thompson, Greg | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Grades 1-4. Turn fables and fairy tales into plays. Includes patters of masks and props |
| Step-By-Step Theater | 1989 | Thompson, Greg | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Grades 1-4. Turn fables and fairy tales into plays. Includes patters of masks and props |
| Stories In The Classroom | 1990 | Barton, Bob/ Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Storytelling, reading aloud and role-playing with children. Contents: The Power of Story; The Story Tribe; A Story Inventory; Working with Stories; A Story Response Repertoire. |
| Stories to Read Aloud | 1992 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Anthology of stories with background information and practical tips for using stories as read-alouds. Includes tales by writers from different ethnic groups, each working in a distinctive style. |
| Story Circles | 1986 | Murphy, Kelly and Smilie, Ruth | STF Teaching Materials Centre | This book describes the method which is used to teach literacy and drama at Saskatoon's Joe Duquette High School (formerly known as the Native Survival School). These students' voices have been silenced by the weight of poverty, racism, and indifference. Working from the students' own stories, collectives are developed and performed. The method has worked successfully to provide a forum in which the voices of young Native students are heard; and could certainly be transferred into any educational context where teachers are committed to honoring their students. |
| Story Circles | 1986 | Murphy, Kelly and Smilie, Ruth | STF Teaching Materials Centre | This book describes the method which is used to teach literacy and drama at Saskatoon's Joe Duquette High School (formerly known as the Native Survival School). These students' voices have been silenced by the weight of poverty, racism, and indifference. Working from the students' own stories, collectives are developed and performed. The method has worked successfully to provide a forum in which the voices of young Native students are heard; and could certainly be transferred into any educational context where teachers are committed to honoring their students. |
| Story Drama | 1994 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Level: K-8. Booth uses story as the basis of simple drama activities. The book includes classroom model lessons and simple frameworks for creative and enriching environment that will enhance language growth, literacy, and problem solving. Practical advice and actual stories are included to show teachers how anyone can create powerful story drama. |
| Storymaking and Drama | 1993 | King, Nancy | Heinemann | Contents: an approach to teaching language and literature at the secondary and post secondary levels. |
| Storytelling in Play: Upisasik Theatre | 1994 | Borgenson, Lon | This is the story of the Upisasik Theatre, a small high school theatre troupe in northern Saskatchewan that created, performed, and toured it's plays from 1978 to 1985. It is a story told by the teacher-director, and it weaves together the meanings and memories of the actors of Upisasik. The story that emerges is one of personal and social meanings both for the actors and for the teacher who writes the narrative. It is a story of collective creation, of cultural expression, of storytelling in play. | |
| Stratford For Students ('82) | 1982 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: Macbeth; As You Like It; Richard II; The Mikado. |
| Stratford For Students ('83) | 1983 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: Death of a Salesman; Love's Labour's Lost; Much Ado About Nothing. |
| Stratford For Students ('91) | 1991 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | A newsletter to help prepare for the challenge of Hamlet, and the dramatic moments in "Much Ado About Nothing". The primary focus is the text. Hamlet's relevance to today's audiences; and the in-class explorations of themes and relationships in "Twelfth Night" and "Much Ado About Nothing" are discussed, as well as the musicals "Our Town" and "Carousel" |
| Stratford For Students (Fall '92) | 1992 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Perspectives on "Measure for Measure"; interviews with Michael Lanham, Desmond Heeley, and Stan Silverman; Feminist Marilyn French examines the text; the magic of make-up at the Stratford Festival. |
| Stratford For Students (Summer '92) | 1992 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: The World of Wonders, an interview with Elliott Hayes; Ariel's Harpy in "The Tempest"; The Magic of "The Tempest", Sharing Ideas-imaginative ways to approach the text. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Studio Workshop II | 1969 | Smith, C.E.J. | Longmans Press | Written to assist students and teachers in producing a radio/tape performance. Contains advice to student, producer, sound effects operator, and actors, as well as scripts. Scripts: The Franchise Affair; Prester John; The Small Woman; Round the World in Eighty Days; The Guns of Navarone; Coco the Clown. |
| Teaching Directing | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This resource provides suggestions to teach all of the learner expectations of the Directing Discipline required and non-required. It can be used in whole or in part depending on the focus of your drama program. |
| Teaching Drama 11 to 18, Continuum | 2000 | Ed: Nicholson, Helen | Redwood Books | Written by experienced international teachers & educators. It relates principles to practice across the whole spectrum of the drama curriculum |
| Teaching Drama To Young Children | 1987 | Fox, Mern | Heinemann | Contents: Section I: song and dance; Section II: Word Families; Section III: The World Around Us; Section IV: Our Community and Where We Live; Section V: Happenings. |
| Teaching Drama: A Mind of Many Wonders | 1987 | Morgan, Norah and Saxton, Juliana | Hutchinson | Contents: The relationship between theatre and drama; the two frames of drama; teacher in role. |
| Teaching Theatresports | 1990 | Shanahan, Poncia | Space Jump Productions | This book provides a program that allows students to develop and practice the necessary skills that are integral to drama, English, Life Skills and Drug Abuse programs. Without presenting skills as curriculum, Theatresports provides students with an activity-based program of study. Contents: What is Theatresports?; Materials and Physical Set; Judging Theatresports; Lesson Plans (Theatresports and Improvisation; The Concept of Blocking; The Concept of Advancing and Avoiding Questions; The Competition Explained; Props Manipulation; Involving the Audience; And Beyond - Let The Games Begin); Organizing A Theatresports Competition; Alphabetizing Games Index; Games; Theatresports Exam. |
| Teaching Theatresports | 1990 | Shanahan, Poncia | Space Jump Productions | This book provides a program that allows students to develop and practice the necessary skills that are integral to drama, English, Life Skills and Drug Abuse programs. Without presenting skills as curriculum, Theatresports provides students with an activity-based program of study. Contents: What is Theatresports?; Materials and Physical Set; Judging Theatresports; Lesson Plans (Theatresports and Improvisation; The Concept of Blocking; The Concept of Advancing and Avoiding Questions; The Competition Explained; Props Manipulation; Involving the Audience; And Beyond - Let The Games Begin); Organizing A Theatresports Competition; Alphabetizing Games Index; Games; Theatresports Exam. |
| Technical Theatre: Junior High | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | As teachers of drama are aware of the technical elements of theatre, teaching a unit in this discipline also helps students to develop this awareness and appreciation. This unit offers great opportunities for individualization of instruction and allows for the varying interests and talents of the students. Students may choose to focus on set design, props design, or costume design. |
| Television | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook covers the use of video equipment, duties of production crew, standard terms and signals, and enhancements (e.g.. Lighting scenery, graphics, music, etc.) |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theatre Brief Version (Fifth Edition) | 2000 | Cohen, Robert | Mayfield Publishing Company | Robert Cohen presents THEATRE |
| Theatre Games for Rehersal: A Director's Handbook | 1985 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Games and exercises to improve your rehearsals! Chapters include: preparation; workshops; the first rehearsal period; the second rehearsal period; tune-ups; the third rehearsal period; games for continuing rehearsals. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre of Bertoit Brecht, The | 1967 | Willett, John | Shenval Press | none |
| Theatre of the Oppressed | 1979 | Boal, Augusta | Theatre Communications Group | Boal has developed a series of imaginative theatre exercises which promote awareness of one's social situation and its limitations and individual attitudes. He creates an optimist theatre form involving spectators and performers in the search for community and integrity. |
| Theatre Topics | 1998 | Spencer, Jerry S. (Edited by) | Johns Hopkins University Press | The articles collected in this issue of Theatre Topics provide examples of the practical demands, pedagogical concerns, and research interests of theatre educators in a wide range of specialties. The convergence of theory and practice, performance and pedagogy is apparent in the articles in this issue. |
| Theatre, How To | 1979 | Seay, James | Baker's Plays | Supplies all you ever wanted to know about directing the high school play and were afraid to ask. Chapter 1: Why Me Lord? - or what do I do now? Selecting a play, casting, and setting rehearsal schedules. Chapter 2: Rome Wasn't Built in a Day - but a weekend ought to do it. Basic stagecraft. Chapter 4: Leaves For Your Eves. Costuming Complete and not costly. Chapter 6: What Do I Do? What Do I Say? Enough basic directing techniques to get you through the first critical production with only a small ulcer. Chapter 8: Paying the Piper - or how to live artistically and creatively with no help from anyone and still pay the bills. Here are short cuts, tricks of the trade, money savers and just plain basic knowledge. |
| Theatrical Anecdotes | 1987 | Hay, Peter | Oxford University Press | The stage has teemed with real characters and real stories as fascinating as any created by a dramatist. This book is for anyone who has ever been stage-struck. It is both richly entertaining and wonderfully edifying. Organized by topic, it contains hundreds of tips for all theatrical professionals, directs scholars and students to a wealth of historical sources, and treats lovers of theatre to a feast of backstage secrets that will permanently enrich their appreciation of the art. |
| This Happy Breed: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Shaw Festival | Shaw Festival | Contents: About the Playwright; Noel Coward: A Selected Chronology; "This Happy Breed": A Synopsis; The Gibbon's Family Tree; Coward's "Chronicle of Clapham Common"; Questions for Discussion; Selected Bibliography and Suggested Readings. |
| Time For Drama: A Handbook for Secondary Teachers | 1985 | Burgess, Roma/ Gaudry, Pamela | Open University Press | Contents: Drama is Education; The Drama Model; Fundamentals of Drama; The Teacher as Director; Drama Lessons for Year. |
| To Open Minds | 1991 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Gardner attempts to address the dilemma in contemporary education by weaving lessons garnered from three vantage points - his own traditional education as an American child, his years of research on creativity at Harvard, and what he saw in Modern Chinese classrooms - into a program for creativity that draws on the best of both modes, traditional and progressive. |
| Training of Drama Teachers in the Netherlands, The | 1990 | Broekhuizen, Annemarie | A study of drama in education training centers in the Netherlands. Pedagogy is not treated as a topic of secondary importance but rather as being instrumental in the process of acquiring a mature and analytical mind. | |
| Training the Young Actor | 1981 | Malkin, Michael | A.S. Barnes & Company Inc | A compact guide to techniques and strategies for teaching young people acting as a performing art. Contains easy-to-read and easy-to-follow instructions for guiding young actors through the processes of creating stage worthy roles. It is of particular use to theatre teachers who have only a few weeks in which to rehearse and mount a theatre production. This book is written for those who want their students to learn that theatre, like music and dance, is a performing art and not simply a series of games. The exercises outlines are designed to help students understand, develop, and practice specific performance skills. The first chapter outlines a number of introductory exercises for primary grade children. Subsequent chapters give attention to older students and focus on such vital but frequently neglected topics in children's theatre such as voice training, stage movement, concentration, and characterization. In the last chapters, teachers are given suggestions for coordinating and directing performance projects in hand puppetry, readers theatre, and standard theatre productions. |
| Treasure Hunts | 1983 | Martin, S. and Green, H. | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 4-7. Creative approaches to ten classics from such literary giants as Mark Twain, Robert Louis Stevenson, Lewis Carroll, and Shakespeare. |
| Undersea Research Station: Division II/III Role Drama | Falk, Dr. George | Unpublished | All students are workers or researchers on an experimental undersea station. They will be faced with a situation where they must choose between their families back on land and a high probability of death OR staying in the undersea station indefinitely | |
| Undersea Research Station: Division II/III Role Drama | Falk, Dr. George | Unpublished | All students are workers or researchers on an experimental undersea station. They will be faced with a situation where they must choose between their families back on land and a high probability of death OR staying in the undersea station indefinitely | |
| Unschooled Mind, The | 1991 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Why are children not mastering what they ought in school? Merging cognitive science with educational agenda, Gardner shows how ill-suited our minds and natural patterns of learning are to current educational materials, practices, and institutions and makes an eloquent case for restructuring our schools. |
| Upstage/Downstage: Directing The Play | 1946 | Brown, Ben | Baker's Plays | A solid book on the basics for every worker in non-professional theatre. Contents: Enter the Theatre; Meet the Director; Meet the Actor; Set up the Staff; Call the Rehearsals; Speak the Speech; Action, Please Be The Character; Crew and Cast on Stage! |
| Voice And The Actor | 1988 | Berry, Cicely | Harrap Limited | This book is a distillation of Cicely Berry's method of teaching voice production. It contains exercises to develop relaxation, breathing, and muscular control - vital for meaningful speaking of texts, both prose and poetry, and for interpretation of dramatic character. The exercises are illustrated with passages which Cicely Berry has, in her experience, found to be most useful. Though addressed primarily to actors, the book, with its straightforward, practical approach and overlying theory that "naturalness is all", should appeal to anyone interested in acting - and to people for whom vocal control in their jobs and in everyday life is important. |
| Voice For All Students, A: Diversity In The Classroom Series #6 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Realizing Gender Equity in School |
| What If? | 1989 | Rothero, Patricia | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Interrelated activities in drama, language arts, visual arts, movement, and music. |
| Why Do Creative Drama With Children? | 1966 | Faulkes, Margaret | Unpublished | Speech my Margaret Faulkes to the Canadian Child & Youth Drama Association Conference, 1966. |
| You Can Make A Video | 1988 | Kondzielewski, Martin | Manual | This manual is designed for the individual who has never produced a video before. This manual contains all the major elements of production, presenting them as a series of useful points and rules of thumb. |
| How To Do Plays With Children - Lending Copy | 1994 | Moore, Jo Ellen; Hall, Ginny; Tryon, Leslie; and Franco, Betsy | Evan-Moor Corporation | This book contains directions on classroom dramatic play and how to present a formal play for an audience. Various types of plays are also included. Recommendations are given for how to put together your own performances when you cannnot find an appropriate play on the topic you need. Includes scripts for "Rhyming Plays," "Everyone-Has-a-Part Plays," and " Reader's Theatre." |
| How To Do Plays With Children | 1994 | Moore, Jo Ellen; Hall, Ginny; Tryon, Leslie; and Franco, Betsy | Evan-Moor Corporation | This book contains directions on classroom dramatic play and how to present a formal play for an audience. Various types of plays are also included. Recommendations are given for how to put together your own performances when you cannnot find an appropriate play on the topic you need. Includes scripts for "Rhyming Plays," "Everyone-Has-a-Part Plays," and " Reader's Theatre." |
| Action Strategies For Deepening Comprehension | 2002 | Wilhelm, Jeffrey D. | Scholastic Professional Books | In this resource, the author provides a wealth of enactment techniques that help students apply their social, physical and intellectual selves to the books they read. These techniques are highly motivating, research based, and certain to deepen students' engagement with and understanding texts, as well as their use of reading strategies. Chapters include: Getting into Role; Sitting in the Hotseat; Mantle of the Expert; Tableaux; Reenactments and Interventions; Writing in Role; and Discussion Dramas. |
| Drama Journeys: Inside Drama Learning | 2004 | Mooney, Mary and Nicholls, Jennifer (Edited by) | Curency Press, Syndney | "Drama Journeys is a practical and invaluable reference book for primary school teachers, and offers a range of approaches to be used in the teaching of drama. |
| Drama Journeys: Inside Drama Learning | 2004 | Mooney, Mary and Nicholls, Jennifer (Edited by) | Currency Press, Sydney | "Drama Journeys is a practical and invaluable reference book for primary school teachers, and offers a range of approaches to be used in the teaching of drama. |
| Getting Your Kicks!: A Beginners Guide To Choreography (DVD) | 2006 | Gibbs, Adrea | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | An incomparable resource for creating an endless number of choreographic combinations. A DVD with an interactive menu of eight sections: Things to Consider Before Getting Started; Laying the Foundation; Jumps, Turns and Kicks; Advanced Steps; Fun Steps; Figuring Out Formations and Staging; Sample Combinations; Adding Style |
| Small Stage Sets On Tour: A Practical Guide To Portable Stage Sets (2nd Edition) | 1997 | Miller, James Hull | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A guide to the design, construction and use of portable stage sets for any situation. |
| Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide To Backstage Work | 2000 | Lord, William H. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Twenty chapters detailing all of the fundamentals - everything the aspiring stage technician needs to know to get started in backstage work! All sections highlighted with photographs, illustrations, and diagrams. Major topics included: stages and rigging; production staff; properties; sound; lumber, tools and hardware; scenery construction; lighting instruments; control of lights and color; electricity and devices. |
| Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide To Backstage Work - Teacher's Guide (3rd Ed. Revised) | 2000 | Lord, William H. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | The companion guide to Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide to Backstage Work. Comes with a CD which contains a student manual, 20 quizzes, 2 tests, and a final exam. |
| Costumes, Accessories, Props, And Stage Illusions Made Easy | 2005 | Rogers, Barb | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | More designs from cast-off clothing. Transform common people into superheroes, movie stars, knights, witches -- whatever illusion you want to create. Creative costuming is all in the details. One garment can take on many totally different looks depending on how you accessorize it. Over the years Barb Rogers has learned all the tricks about how anyone can turn leftover clothing into fabulous costumes. This book's numerous drawings explain in detail the costuming process of "turning straw into gold." It shows you how to design illusions that you never thought possible. Yes, you can easily do all this -- and at a minimum expense! This is another Barb Rogers "must have" book for your library of costume ideas. Paperback. |
| Costuming Made Easy: How To Make Theatrical Costumes From Cast-off Clothing | 1999 | Rogers, Barb | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A book on how to make theatrical costumes from cast-off clothing by Barb Rogers. Make your own theatrical costumes for less than a day's rental price and make them your way without conventional sewing using patterns. Included in this book are more than 110 ingenious costume designs with photos and diagrams. Included: Princess, Prince, Clown, Devil, Witch, Medieval Lady, Elves, Peter Pan, Captain Hook, Pinocchio and many more. Also costumes for leading characters in popular shows: Camelot, Oklahoma, Guys and Dolls, King and I, Pirates of Penzance and more. |
| Drama After School: Setting Up For Success | 2000 | Smith, Winnie Rogers | New Plays Incorporated | Creative drama handbook with strategies and lesson plans for 5 to 12 year olds. |
| Teaching Teachers To Use Drama | 2004 | Goodwillie, Barbara K. | New Plays Incorporated | Text for drama specialists teaching courses and workshops for pre-service and in-service teachers. |
| 50 Projects For Creative Dramatics | 1980 | Nobleman, Roberta | New Plays Incorporated | A handbook. Teachers who have used this book call it a "recipe book in creative drama." |
| Adventures In Sound: Music Games And Activities | 2007 | Lambert, Jonathan | Jonathan Lambert | The aim of this book is to provide experiential games and exercies for group situations. It tries to be culturally non-specific. All the games except "party games," are co-operative rather than competitive. These games are excellent for use in the drama classroom or extra curricular drama. |
| Practical Education For The Unimaginable | 2001 | Levy, Jonathan | New Plays Incorporated | Essays on Theatre and the Liberal Arts. |
| Creative Dance: Experience For Learning | 1968 | King, Bruce | New Plays Incorporated | A Handbook. |
| Creative Dramatics In The Library | 1976 | Pereira, Nancy | New Plays Incorporated | A Handbook. |
| Lights Up! A Teachers' Guide And Activities Kit For Careers In Culture | 2007 | Irwin, Janet | Cultual Human Resources Council | A teacher's guide and activities kit for careers in culture. |
| Playwriting Step by Step | 1992 | Cassay, Marsh | Resource Publications, Inc. | The book outlines step by step chapters for potential playwites on getting ideas, writing dialogue, developing characters, plotting plots, choosing genres, stages and styles, planning your play and marking your finished play. This indispensable guide is perfect for both students and teachers of dramatic arts. |
| 101 Drama Games And Activities | 2007 | Farmer, David | David Farmer | This book contains a selection of drama games, activities and improvisation exercises. They can be very effective in rehearsals and workshops with children and adults. |
| Actions: The Actors' Thesaurus | 2004 | Caldarone, Marina and Lloyd-Willimas, Maggie | Nick Hern Books | It is a thesaurus of active verbs, with which the actor can refine the acting choice until s/he hits exactly the right action to help make each line come alive. "Actioning" is a widely used rehearsal and performance technique: this book makes it available for the first time in an organized and comprehensive form. |
| Why Is That So Funny?: A Practical Exploration Of Physical Comedy | 2006 | Wright, John | Nick Hern Books | This book starts with a discussion of the various types of laughter that can be provoked by performance. It then presents graduated sequences of over a hundred games and exercies devised to demonstrate and investigate the whole range of comic possibilities open to a performer and to test eery assertion made. |
| Stage Management: The Essential Handbook | 2006 | Pallin, Gail | Nick Hern Books | The book is aimed at students, graduates, and allthose who aspier to stage management, whether amateur or professional, on a large or small scale. Complete diagrams and helpful checklists, visual examples, production templates, and a glossary. Other useful topics covered are: team dynamics and job roles; theatre unions; the job market; information and communication technology; management techniques and interpersonal skills. |
| Writer's Notebook, A: Unlocking The Writer Within You | 2003 | Fletcher, Ralph | Harper-Collins Publishers Inc. | Contains the process of writing and keeping a writer's notebook. Many suggestions for working with children are included. Many ideas that can be used for young actor's workshops. |
| Stages | 2004 | Pura, Talia | J. Gordon Shililngford Publishing Inc. | This book is packed with drama exercisesand ideas that work, tested on the harshest critics--high school students. Laid out in a clear, concise manner, they are categorized according to their purpose. It is useful to all, from novice or seasoned drama theaters, to theatre professionals leading workshops and master classes. Suitable for a wide range of ages and abilities, the ideas can be adapted for young children and teenagers as well as experienced adults. Examples of how to structure a lesson and unit plans are contained in the Appendices. |
| Brodie's Notes For A Man For All Seasons | 1991 | Bolt, Robert | MacMillian Press Ltd. | Includes author details, background to the work, summaries of text, glossaries, critical commentaries, analysis of characterization, style, structure, setting and themes; sample questions with guidelines, ideas for further reading. |
| Acting And Directing | 1984 | Grandstaff, Russel J. | National Textbook Company | Analyze the play; consult the technical designers to plan the staging of the play; prep a prompt book for noting movement of performers; direct all rehearsals; vocal and physical requirements; stage movement, gesture, reacting, pausing, making entreances and exits; developing characterization. |
| Empty Space, The | 1968 | Brook, Peter | Penguin Books | One of the world's most famous directors gives us the distillaion of his knowledge and experience of the theatre. |
| Drama Festivals And Their Adjudication | 1947 | Purdom, C. B. | J. M. Dent and Sons Limited | Intended to indicate how adjudicators approach the criticiam and judgement of performances they see. |
| My Drama School | 1978 | McCall, Margaret | Robson Books | With a wealth of memorable anecdotes and unexpected revelations, thirteen exdrama students recall their days at drama school. |
| Let's Put On A Show! | 1999 | Gibbs, Andrea | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. (CDS) | A guidebook for young would-be thespians, covering theatre vocabulary, scripting, casting, staging, sets and scenery, props, costumes, and makeup, as well as the basics of backstage and technical particulars. |
| Persuade:An Educational Game For Developing Persuastion Skills | 1981 | Kienzle, Nancy K. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. (CDS) | An educational game for developing persuasion skills. Adaptable for junior high, secondary and college level use. |
| Drama Recipe Book 1 | 1995 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | This resource is divided into three main sections: Entrees (used at the beginning and during the early part of class), Main Courses (used to form the core of the class) and Afters (used to bring the class to a conclusion). The activities are set out in a simple step by step format that includes running time, its purpose and use and degree of diffiulty. All are suitable for all ages. |
| Improvisation A La Carte | 1998 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | Grades 4 and up. Improv book full of excercises covering three sections important to improv: Fundamentals, The Next Stage and Character & Text. |
| Perfect Stage Crew, The | 2003 | Kaluta, John | Allworth Press, New York | Here is a must have book for anyone producing a stage show without a Broadway-sized budget. This book shows how you can pull off a stunning production in less than forty days--even if you are lacking in resources. An invaluable guide for middle and high school, college , and community theatres. The book provides solutions to the most common and complex stage and crew problems. Chapters also cover crucial topics as running technical rehearsals, and creating and selling tickets. |
| Back Stage Forms | 1990 | Carter, Paul | Broadway Press, Louisville, KY | Anyone who has spent those endless hours in the theatre recognizes the importance of organization. This book is a collection of many forms that include Management Forms, Money Forms, Carpentry Forms, Costume and Make-Up Forms, Props Forms, Lighting and Sound Forms, and Stage Management Forms. |
| Middle Mania: Imaginative Theater Projects For Middle School Actors | 2001 | Johnson, Maureen Brady | Smith and Krause, Inc. | This resource is a compilation of interactive, collaborative projects. It offers creative alternatives that are "drama healthy" for kids, providing every student with a chance to get involved. Projects include: Solving a Mystery; Rock 'n' Roll Playwriting; Musical Chairs; and Hey, Let's Put on a Show! |
| My Life In Art | 1956 | Stanislavski, Constantin | Meridian Books, New York | Biography |
| Student's Guide To Playwriting Opportunities, The (3rd Edition) | 2002 | Wright, Michael (Edited by) | The Theatre Directories | This book will serve as an invaluable tool to young would-be playwrights looking for the right college program, playwriting labs, writers' colonies and other developmental programs to help them on their way. The entries are laid out in user-friendly format, showing such information as how many classes are offered in playwriting, what resources are made available for readings and staged productions, how critiquing is handled, etc. Appendix offers helpful resources and essays on the developmental process for the playwright. |
| Move Over Shakespeare: From Monologues to One Act Plays | 2008 | Harvey, Christine and Zwiers, Jennifer | Scripts For Schools | A comprehensive guide to teaching the art of playwriting. |
| Jack Sharkey's Audition Pieces And Classroom Exercises | 1984 | Sharkey, Jack | Samuel French, Inc. | A collection of audition pieces (comedic and dramatic) as well as classroom exercies. |
| Smart Art: Learning To Classify And Critique Art | 1989 | Hollingsworth, Patricia and Hollingsworth, Stephen F. | Zephyr Press, Chicago | Students will analyze art, develop art vocabulary, classify and critique art and enhance their thinking skills with more than 60 hands-on art activiites. |
| What They Didn't Teach You In Graduate School | 2008 | Gray, Paul and Drew, David E. | Stylus Publishing, LLC | 199 helpful hints for success in your academic career. |
| Play Date: A Parent's And Teacher's Guide To Putting On A Play | 2009 | Marcus, Cindy | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | This book contains 12 chapters that tell parents and teachers how to work with children in staging a play step by step and week by week: Meet and Greet, Chosing the Play, Writing Your Own Play, Rewiting the Show, Casting, Blocking the Show, Recruiting and Backstage Fun, The Administrator, Running Through the Show, Final Dress, Opening Night, and It's Time to Celebrate. |
| My First Acting Book: Volume II | 2009 | Dabrowski, Kristen | A Smith and Kraus Book | Acting Lessons, Exercises, Tips and Games for Young Children |
| Much Ado About Nothing Study Guide | 2011 | Squires, Jennifer Lyn | Unpublished | A study guide designed to help students and teachers dig deeper into the U of R production of "Much Ado About Nothing" by William Shakespeare. The information, however, can be used to explore any production or reading of the play. A main focus is the more evocative elements of the play as opposed to technical elements. It offers many opportunities for students to respond. |
| ?When Words Sing | 1970 | Schaefer, R. Murray | Clark and Cruickshank | This book is about human voices.This book employs various exercises: singing, chanting reciting, intoning and so on using ordinary speech patterns and visual representations. |
| Mime | 1983 | Alberta Culture | Alberta Culture Performing Arts Branch, Touring | This book is a brief introduction for teachers. Mime is briefly discussed in terms of everyday life, history types and its study. It also gives 18 mime activities that can be easily used in any classroom. |
| Guide For Makeup, A | 1975 | Carson, Robin and Carson, Stuart | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This booklet is a guide to create your own makeup. |
| Guide For Stage Craft, A | 1975 | Madill, John | Alberta Culture Peforming Arts | This guide is intended to help with the planning, designing and presentation of sets for your production. |
| Mime Book, The | 1974 | Kipnis, Claude | Meriwether Publishers Ltd. | This book provides both the how and the why, from basic exercises to full pantomines. Reading material on exercises includes discussions of the significance of each sequence plus clear photographs. |
| Scene Design: A Guide To The Stage | 1970 | Nelms, Henning | Dover Publications, Inc. | Anyone working on scene design for the first time will find this book indispensable--amature and semi-professional groups, high school students and their teachers. |
| Make-Up Artist's Handbook For Stage, Screen & Video | 1985 | Palma, Diego Dalla | Sterling Publishing Co., Inc. | With this practical makeup manual you will be able to make up anyone for any type of stage, screen and video production. |
| How To Analyze Drama | 1984 | Reaske, Christopher Russell | Monarch Press | This book shows the reader how to experience, appreciate and judge a play. |
| Actor's Survival Kit, The | 1990 | Newhouse, Miriam and Messaline, Peter | Simon & Pierre | This book includes everthing the Canadian actor needs to know about acting as a profession. |
| Theatre Props Handbook, The | 1987 | James, Thurston | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book is a step by step guide to the design and construction of theater properties. |
| Stock Scenery Construction Handbook | 1990 | Raoul, Bill | Broadway Press | This book is the ultimate backstage how-to book. It is all about the basics--flats, platforms, ramps, steps, curtains and drops. |
| Backwards & Forwards | 1983 | Ball, David | Southern Illinois University Press | A technical manual for reading plays. |
| Directing In The Theatre (Second Edition) | 1984 | Morrison, Hugh | A & C Black | This book sets down the theory and practice of play production, and the essentials of directing and acting from first conceptions to dress rehearsal. |
| S.M.Arts (3rd Edition) | 1998 | Morgan, Winston | Winston Morgan | This book includes information on: Before Pre Work, Preparation Week, First Rehearsal and Rehearsal Period, Cueing Sessions, Tech Week, The Run and Final Performance. |
| Stage Management Handbook, The | 1992 | Ionazzi, Daniel A | Betterway Publications, Inc. | A complete examination of the stage manager's job detailing his or her involvement in all the technical aspects of theatre work; his interface with the playwright, director, producer, and designer. |
| Stage Design And Properties | 1993 | Holt, Michael | Phaidon Press Limited | This book is designed to meet the needs of those working in the non-professional theatre, that is, students and undergraduates, school teacher, and members of amateur dramatic and operatic societies. |
| In The Background: An Extra's Handbook | 1996 | Tarling, Bill | Simon and Pierre Publishing Company | Edited and with additional material by Peter Messaline. This book gives advice on courses and casting, and how to prepare before shooting begins. |
| First Reading | 1975 | Black, Malcolm | University of Washington Press | A candid look at stage directing. |
| Freeing The Natural Voice | 1976 | Linklater, Kristin | Drama Book Publishers | This book is useful for professional actors, student actors, teachers of acting, teachers of voice and speech and the interested lay person. Its aims are to present a lucid view of the voice in the general context of human communication and to provide a series of exercises to free, develop and strengthen the voice. |
| Actor And His Text, The | 1987 | Berry, Cicely | W. H. Allen and Company | This book sets out to apply the methods of voice production directly and practically to the speaking of text. |
| Scene Design And Stage Lighting | 1996 | Parker, W. Oren and Wolf, R. Craig | Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. | This book covers the Design Concept, Executing the Design, and Stage Lighting and Sound. |
| Stage Management (Fourth Edition) | 1992 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn and Bacon | This book aquaints the reader with all aspects of the role of stage manager. |
| Stage Makeup (Fourth Edition) | 1967 | Corson, Richard | Merdith Publishing Company | This book contains an approach to stage makeup that covers everything from moustaches and beards to makeup for other media. |
| Designing And Making Stage Scenery | 1966 | Warre, Michael | Studio Vista | Abstract not available. |
| Stage Design | 1968 | Rowell, Kenneth | Studio Vista | Abstract not available. |
| Scene Painting: Tools And Technique | 1984 | Veaner, Daniel | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | A complete step-by-step guide to painting theatrical scenery for professional amateur, and school dramatic productions. |
| Theatre Backstage From A To Z | 1967 | Lounsbury, Warren C. | University of Washington Press | A concise encyclopedia of stagecraft. |
| Drafting Scenery For Theater, Film, And Television | 1990 | Rose, Rich | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book shows the reader how to draft a complete group of working drawings for a simple set. The authors describes and illustrates basic drafting equipment and tools, then demonstrates lettering, dimensioning, title blocks, elevation drawings and more. |
| Art Of Scene Painting, The | 1985 | Collins, Rose | Harrap Limited | This is an illustrated and practical guide to the techniques of painting for the stage for art students and all concerned with theatre production, both professional and amateur. |
| On The Technique Of Acting | 1991 | Cheklhov, Michael | HarperCollins Publishers | This new, definitve edition of Chekhov's masterful work clarifies the principles outlined in To The Actor concerning the pivotal role of the imagination in actors' understand of themselves and the roles they play. |
| Source Book In Theatrical History, A | 1952 | Nagler, A.M | General Publishing Company, Ltd. | Twenty-five centeries of stage history in more than 300 basic documents and other primary material |
| Simplified Stage Lighting | 1985 | Martin, Paul | Information Services Division | This booklet provides practical assistence to those faced with the many problems of planning a play in the limited space commonly available in community halls |
| Perceiving The Arts (Ninth Edition) | 2009 | Sporre, Dennis J | Pearson Prentice Hall | Perceiving the Arts provides readers with a basis for understanding the humanities, including visual art, music, theater, dance, film, architecture, and literature. This text presents essential terms and concepts, providing students with their first glimpse into the realm of artistic expression. |
| Communtity Theatre; Global Perspectives | 2001 | van Erven, Eugene | Routledge | A comparative study of the work and methodological traditions which have developed community theatres around the world. It is a wide-ranging study based on van Erven's experiences working with community theatre groups in six very different countries. |
| Voice And The Actor | 2000 | Berry, Cicely | Virgin Publishing Ltd. | Voice and the Actor is the first classic work by Cicely Berry, Voice Director of the Royal Shakespeare Company and world-famous teacher. Encapsulating her renowned method of teaching voice production, the exercises in this straightforward, no-nonsense guide will develop relaxation, breathing, and muscular control - without which no actor or speaker can achieve their full potential. |
| Writing About Theatre | 1999 | Thaiss, Christopher and Davis, Rick | Allyn and Bacon | A text that directly addresses the writing needs of students in the theatre major and in literature courses that focus on the study of drama |
| Guide For Stage Craft, The | 1975 | Madill, John | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This guide is not a text. It is an introduction to the basics of Stagecraft. |
| New Penguin Dictionary Of The Theatre, The | 1988 | Law, Johnathan and Pickering, David (Edited by) | Penguin Books | This dictionary provides a comprehensive guide to the world of theatre, with over 5000 thoroughly researched and clearly written articles |
| Twice Have The Trumpets Sounded | 1954 | Guthrie, Tyrone, Davies, Robertson and Macdonald, Grant (Edited by) | Clarke, Irwin and Company Limited | This is a first-hand account of a very important achievement of theatre in Canada told through three different perspectives |
| Prologue Drama 8 | 1977 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| On Stage Drama 10 | 1979 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| Performance Two | 1983 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| Mime Book, The | 1974 | Kipnis, Claude | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | Abstract not available. |
| Mime: A Brief Introduction For Teachers | 1983 | Access Alberta for Alberta Culture Performing Arts Branch, Touring | ACCESS Alberta | A brief Introduction of mime for teachers |
| When Words Sing | 1970 | Schafer, R. Murray | BMI Canada Limited | This book is about voices -- human voices -- audible human voices |
| Festivals Of Canada, The | 1981 | Edinborough, Arnold | Edina Productions Limited | This book is splendid evidence of how far Canada has come in the matter of festivals in a little more than a quarter of a century. |
| Essential Theatre, The (Eighth Edition) | 2004 | Brockett, Oscar G. and Ball, Robert J. | Wadsworth: Thomson Learning, Inc. | A comprehensive, well crafted, that introduce you to the creative and ingtriguing world of the theatre. |
| Guide For Make-Up | 1975 | Carson, Robin and Carson, Stuart | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This booklet is a guide to creating your own makeup. |
| Make-Up Artist's Handbook For Stage, Screen And Video | 1985 | Palma, Diego Dalla | Sterling Publishing Co., Inc. | With this practical make-up manual you'll be able to make up anyone fror any type of stage, screen and video production. |
| Scene Design: A Guide To The Stage | 1970 | Nelms, Henning | Dover Publications, Inc. | Anyone working on scene design for the first time wil find this book indispensible. |
| Aesthetics: The Big Questions | 1998 | Korsmeyer, Carolyn (Edited by) | Blackwell Publishers | This volume offers big answer to big questions and is exceptionally well-balance, offering an excellent selection of classical and contemporary views drawn from the core of traditional aesthetics, as well as a avariety of well-focussed challenges to that tradition. |
| Mentor Texts: Teaching Writing Through Children's Lilterature, K - 6 | 2007 | Dorfman, Lynne R. and Cappelli, Rose | Stenhouse Publishers | The Authors write in a friendly and conversational style, employing numerouse anecdotes to help teachers visualize the process, and offer strategies that can be immediately implemented in the classroom. Each "your turn" lesson are built around the gradual releae of responsibility model, offering suggestions for demonstrations and shared or guided writing. Reflection is emphasized as a ncessary component to understanding why mentor authors chose certain strategies, literary devices, sentence structures and words. |
| New Dramathemes, The (3rd Edition) | 2002 | Swartz, Larry | Pembroke Publishers | In this totally revised and updated edition, teachers will fid their favorites as well as new games and strategies to help students meet and exceed evolving curriculum expectations. |
| Arts Go To School, The: Classroom-Based Activities That Focus On Music, Painting, Drama, Movement, Media And More | 2004 | Booth, David and Hachiya, Masayuki (Edited by) | Pembroke Publishers | Easy to use, this timely resource features chapters on each of the major art forms and shows teachers how to help students meet related curriculum outcomes. |
| "Drama Schemes, Themes & Dreams: How To Plan, Structure, And Assess Classroom Events That Engage All Learners" | 2010 | Swartz, Larry and Nyman, Debbie | Pembroke Publishers | This resource offers a cmprehenisve outline of improvisation and interpretation strategies that teachers can incorporate in classroom instruction. |
| Balanced Literarcy Essentials: Weaving Theory Into Practice For Successful Instruction In Reading, Writing, And Talk | 2012 | Parr, Michelann and Campbell, Terry | Pembroke Publishers | This resource shows teachers how to navigate their way through the language and literacy block as they focus on ten literary essentials. It offers a comprehensive approach to literary instructin that puts students at the center of the learning process. |
| Do You See What I See?: How To Adjudicate Theatre Festivals | 2010 | Procunier, Annette G. | Authorhouse | This book reveals not just what to watch for, and how to articulate our thoughts to audience and festival participants, but also describes the characteristrics that will make you a good adjudicator. It examines the theory of adjuciation and provides examples of how to be effective in presenting your point of view to a skeptical audience. It is filled with tips, ideas and hints on how to criticize the performance without criticizing the performer and how to engage Thespians in conversation about their art. |
| Adolescent Portraits: Identity, Relationships, And Challenges (Sixth Edition) | 2008 | Garrod, Andres, Smulyan, Lisa, Powers, Sally I. and Kilkenny, Robert | Pearson Education, Inc. | This resource is a compelling anthology of first-person accounts written by college students that illustratethe contemporary theories and research that surround adolescent development today. |
| Middle Childhood To Middle Adolescence: Development From Ages 8 To 18 | 2007 | Blume, Libby Balter and Zembar, May Jo | Pearson Education, Inc. | This applied development text focuses on the critical age-span fo middle childhood through adolescence. |
| Lifescripts | 1996 | Pollan, Stephen M. and Levine, Mark | Simon & Schulter Macmillan Compan | Whether you're asking for a raise, confronting a backstabber, dealing with sexual harassment, firing an employee, renegotiating a loan, discussing elder care with siblings or asking your spouse to lose weight, "Lifescripts" gives you the most effective approach - and actual words - to use. |
| Dance In An Inclusive Classroom | 2008 | Moskal, Lyndsay | Unpublished | This is a power point presentation on how to create a dance using a story book. The resource includes thumbnails with notes. An online copy is available upon request. |
| Stage And Film Décor | 1948 | Myerscough-Walker, R. | Pitman & Sons, Ltd. | This book, donated by Walter Mills, provides a full and expert study of the development of décor from the sumbolic Greek drama to the complicated structures in use in the modern theatre and cinema. A vast collection of illustrations, both in color and monochrome, add a wealth of interest to the already absorbing text. |
| Around The World At Christmas Time | 1987 | Jennings, Paul and Jennings, Teresa | Jenson Publications, Inc. | Collection of songs and activities for young voices featuring Germany, Scandinavia, Southern Europe, Great Britain, Eastern Europe, Israel and the Jewish Nation, The United States, Australia, China and Japan. |
| Best Time Of The Year, The | 1994 | Christopher, Keith | Hal Leonard Corporation | Choral Revue. Production Guide by John Jacobson included. |
| Cheer Up, Mister Santa | 1969 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | The elves, workers, toys, and dolls of Santa Land all try to help Santa regain his lost Christmas spirit. Done with narrator, pantomime, songs and dances. |
| Santa Rides A Jumbo Jet | 1972 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | This is a program for Early Childhood students. Santa's transportation problem is solved by a group of children visiting him when his reindeer get the flu. |
| Super-Santa | 1974 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | This is a program for Early Childhood students. Once again there is trouble in Santa Land and it takes a "Super Santa" to solve it. |
| Once Upon A Christmas | 1991 | Brymer, Mark A. | Hal Leonard Corporation | This musical review presents five "chapters" of cherished Christmas memories. |
| One Magic Christmas | 1989 | Huff, Mac | Hal Leonard Corporation | This Christmas revue, designed for use with or without special staging, celebrates Christmases past, present, and future. |
| Twleve Days Of Christmas | 1993 | Brymer, Mark A. | Hal Leonard Corporation | Opening with a festive setting of the traditional "Twelve Days of Christmas" the show highlights a special treat for each day of the holiday season. This show includes dialogue, staging, and costuming. |
| Don't Forget The Manger | 1991 | McCartney, Eddie and Hedger, Alison | Golden Apple Productions | This book contains the piano accompaniment, vocal lines, percussion ideas, recorder parts, guitar chords and song cues of the musical play "Don't Forget The Manger." |
| Christmas Concert Book | 1980 | Primary Teachers' Council, St. John's | Unpublished | Where Is Santa?, Santa Goes On Strike, Don't Eat Too Much, Welcome, That's Different, Sad News, The Christmas Train, Christmas Visitors, Message For Santa, Something In The Air, Clumsy Saves the Day, The Awakening of Sleepig Beauty, The Story of Christmas, Surprise for Santa and Mrs. Claus, A Present for Santa, The Doll Shop, The Littlest Shepherd, A Mother Goose Christmas, It's Christmas Again, Santa's Toy Shop, The Nutcracker, the Night Before Christmas, The Story of Rudolph, Everywhere Christmas, Santa and the Stow-away, What is Christmas?, Winter Butterflies, Christmas Gardeners, Santa's Banner, Santa's Office Force, The Xmas Alphabet, The Christmas Story, Big Parade, It is More Blessed, O, What a Difference, Spreading Christmas Cheer, The Christmas Strike, Christmas Reminders, Our Closing Wish, Christams Program (Choral), Christmas Candles, Song of the Tree, The First Night of Christmas, We Belong to Christmas, My Christmas Alphabet, An Alphabet of Christmas, The Christmas Story, The Happy Christmas Tree, Christmas Giving, No Rocking Chair, Nuttin' For Christmas, I Can be, The Magic of Christmas, Christmas Cooks, Santa Was a Boy, Decorating the Tree, Spelling Christmas, A Little Old Man, Santa's Trip, We'll Be coming Down the Chimney, Christmas Detectives, My Christmas Cards, One Who Knows, The Great Gift, Special Reason, Like a Star, Why does it Shine, What I Want for Christmas, The Hankerchief Brigade, Upside Down, To Honor the King, Welcome All |
| Everywhere, Everywhere, Christmas Tonight! | 1985 | Kupferschmid, Steve | Shawnee Press, Inc. | Pablo the reindeer, Santa's former Spanish interpreter, serves as a guide for this musical journey which shows the holiday customs of many lands. Your narrator and Pablo will take your audience to Mexico, Trinidad, Spain, Bethlehem, China, and other lands through the world. Each stop features customs depicted by a narration and a song. |
| Teachers' Federation Act, 2006 (Consolidation) | 2010 | Government of Saskatchewan | Statutes of Saskatchewan | Chapter T.7.1of the "Statutes of Saskatchewan, 2006" (effective July 1, 2006) as amended by the "Stautes of Saskatchewan," 2010, c.B-12. (Consolidation) |
| Teachers Guide For My First Acting Series | 2009 | Dabrowski, Kristen | A Smith and Kraus Book | The guide provides suggestions and in-depth guidance for using the series to maximum effect the classroom. Includes Building Blocks, Critical Exercises, Imaginative Exercises, Work Sheets and Sample Lesson Plans. Cross Curricular activies are encouraged in these sections. |
| Royalty-Free Theme Music For Theatre And Film | 2013 | Francoeur, Bill | Pioneer Drama Service | Now you can add the magical music of Bill Francoeur to enrich even your non-musical productions! Music enhances the perceived quality of all productions when added for scene changes, curtain calls, underscoring and more. The fairy tale/fantasy theme of this CD can be used for all your incidental music needs, and as a bonus, the CD even includes some sound effects, such as a clock chiming midnight. Imagine how your production will come to life with trumpet fanfares, royal ball waltzes and ambient music to suggest everything from a village fair to magical moments. With more than 50 tracks, you can customize your own show sound track to meet the specific needs of each production. And the best part? Purchasing the CD gives you unlimited rights to add this music to all your theatre and film projects. |
| Right Way To Sing, The | 2005 | Marquart, Linda | Allworth Press | This excellent book takes a positive, yet pragmatic approach to matters both anatomical and technical. Marquart succeeds putting into words many of the conepts that singing teaches and choir directors demonstrate vocally, but can be so hard to describe on a page. |
| Dramatizing Myths and Tales: Creating Plays For Large Groups | 1995 | Thistle, Louise | Smith and Kraus Publishers | This is the perfect way to bring drama into your classroom. Designed for groups of up to 35 students, narrative-mine theatre invovles children of all ages and abilitites in stunning dramatic performances. |
| Everyday Fashions Of The Twenties As Pictured In Sears And Other Catalogs | 1981 | Blum, Stella (Edited by) | Dover Publications, Inc. | Stella Blum (Curator of the Constume Institute at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York) has distilled into this volume the essence of the fashion pages of the Sears, Roebuck and other mail-order catalogs of the Twenties. |
| How To Dress Dancers: Costuming Techniques For Dance | 1988 | Harrison, Mary Kent | Princeton Book Company, Publishers | This is the first book on costuming specifically addressed to the world of dance. Clear drawings and simple instructions mean that even beginning stitchers will be able to make professional costumes. |
| Costume Designer's Handbook, The | 1983 | Ingham, Rosemary and Covey, Liz | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | The handbook covers everything from script analysis to production. It tells how to do research; how to collaborate effectively with directos, costume technicians, and members of the production team; how to design around stock garments and rentals; how to present sketches; how to handle design problems such as unusual bodies and fantasy costumes; how ot choose and use media; and how to master myriad other techniques of custume design. |
| Mode In Costume, The | 1958 | Wilcox, R. Turner | Charles Scribner's Sons | Second revised and expanded edition. This is a definitive reference on the history of men's women's, and children's clothes, from 3000 B.C. to 1958. |
| Patterns For Theatrical Costumes | 1984 | Holkeboer, Katherine Strand | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | This is a collection of hundreds of ready-to-use patterns. |
| Patterns Of Fashion 1 | 1972 | Arnold, Janet | MacMillan Lond Ltd. | Englishwomen's dresses and their construction c.1660-1860. |
| Patterns Of Fashion 2 | 1972 | Arnold, Janet | MacMillan Lond Ltd. | Engllishwomen's dresses and their construction c.1860-1940. |
| Four Hundred Years Of Fashion | 1984 | Rothstein, Natalie (Edited by) | Victoria and Albert Museum, London | It is a collection rooted in the study of textiles and is the study of dress and a recognitin of its status as a valid expression of the decorative arts of any period. |
| 509 Digital Sound Effects | 2009 | Radio Mall | Dave Dworkin's Radio Mall | You get the best of both worlds with this set of over 500 sound effects! Remastered from one of the top-selling values in professional sound effects, every sound effect now has its own unique track so you don’t need professional equipment to use it. Whether you’re looking for specific noises or for scene-enhancing background noise for your stage production, you’ll find it here. Besides covering all the standard categories, such as people, machines, military, transportation, nature and animals, this extensive collection also offers tons more: household, sports, communication, business, construction and still more! Best yet, to make this valuable tool as useful as possible for you, there is a 10 page alphabetized printout of all the sounds, including their disc, track and length. (You can view this list by contacting SDA.) You’ll love being able to create your own customized sound effect CD for every single show you do for years to come! 5 Disc Set |
| Wright Your Own Own Vignette Play | 2011 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | Write your own play addresses and offersa step by step process from choosing a theme, to generating source material, to using improvisation, to a final draft. It can be used with a class, drama club, or summer group to write a play. |
| I See What You Mean: Visual Literacy K-8 (Second Edition) | 2012 | Moline, Steve | Stenhouse Publishers | I see what you mean was one of the first professional development books to outline practical strategies for improving students' visual literacy. In this new and substantially revised edition, Steve Moline continues his pioneering role by including dozens of new examples of a wide range of visual texts -- from time maps and exploded diagrams to digital tools like smartphone apps and "tactile texts". In addition to the new chapters and nearly 200 illustrations, the book has been reorganized into a useful teaching sequence, moving from simple to complex texts. This book will help you decode the visual world for your students, and help you see visual literacy in a whole new light. |
| Sharing The Blue Crayson | 2015 | Buckley, Mary Anne | Stenhouse Publishers | How to integrate social, emotional, and literacy learning. Social-emotional learning is at the heart of good teaching, but as curriculum and testing requirements consume more and more classroom time, these critical skills often get sidelined. This straightforward book shows busy teachers ways to incorporate social-emotional learning into everyday literacy lessons. Through simple activities such as read-alouds, sing-alongs, murals, and performances, students will learn how to get along in a group, empathize with others, develop self-control, and give and receive feedback  all while becoming confident readers and writers! |
| Response Journals Revisited | 2001 | Parson, Les | Pembroke Publishers | Maximizing learning through reading, writing, viewing, discussing. Everything teachers need to successfully incorporate response journals into their teaching, including a step-by-step explanation of what response journals are, why and how they are used, the skills they develop and how they are formally and summatively evaluated. This detailed handbook offers a comprehensive catalog of questions to cue personal response on everything from books and read-alouds to television, movies, and media. Sample student responses, guidelines, and rubrics that will save teachers valuable classroom time; ready-to-use checklists; and evaluation forms for students and teachers complement this invaluable resource. |
| Portfolios Matter: What, Where,When Why And How To Use Them | 2003 | Easley, Shirley-Dale and Mitchell, Kay | Pembroke Publishers | Portfolios matter provides teachers with everything they need to set up a portfolio system and use it to inform instruction and assessment in a balanced learning program. From laying the groundwork to deciding what to put in a portfolio to sharing portfolios through conferencing, this book will help new and experienced teachers on their journey towards creating successful learners. More valuable than a simple report card, portfolios are living documents that provide a useful record students can take with them through their school years. Includes everything teachers need to set up a portfolio system and use it to inform instruction and assessment in a balanced learning program. |
| Stop The Bullying: A Handbook For Teachers | 2001 | Rigby, Ken | Pembroke Publishers | This practical and researched-based book helps teachers appreciate the actions they can take to stop bullying. Stop The Bullying will help teachers find out what is really happening in their school, develop sound and well-supported anti-bullying policies, work effectively with children in classrooms to gain their support in dealing with bullying, deal appropriately and constructively with children who bully, support and help children who are victimized by peers at school. Teachers will find reproducible activities that help students recognize and effectively deal with a variety of issues related to bullying. This timely book will also help teachers work with colleagues and parents. |
| Seven Steps To Successful Writing | 2004 | Foster, Graham | Pembroke Publishers | This 32-page flipchart will guide writers through the seven essential steps to successful writing in any form. From idea to drafting to revision to final product, this handy resource has it all. Straightforward and easy to read, the book will help writers get started, stay motivated, and complete pieces of writing that they will be proud to share. This quick and easy reference to the basics will have both student and teacher returning to it again and again. |
| Leading And Learning: Effective School Leadership Through Reflective Storygtelling And Inquiry | 2008 | Brill, Fred Steven | Stenhouse Publishers | This simple book examines the administrative roles of school leaders from "enforcer" to "system-builder" to "instructional leader" and offers practices and protocols that have a positive impact on professional learning communities. Based on an examination of successful administrators, the book illustrates how the practice of reflective storytelling and collaborative learning results in better school leadership and professional growth. It examines common themes, concerns, successes, and failures and proposes an effective process for making decisions, solving problems, and more clearly translating belief into action. Woven throughout the book are stories from over 260 interviews with school administrators that will energize readers while generating chuckles and knowing nods. |
| 10 Things Every Writer Needs To Know | 2011 | Anderson, Jeff | Stenhouse Publishers | Whether writing a blog entry or a high-stakes essay, fiction or nonfiction, short story or argument, students need to know certain essentials in order to write effectively. This straightforward book focuses on developing concepts and application of ten key aspects of good writing -- motion, models, focus, detail, form, frames, cohesion, energy, words, and clutter. It provides dozens of strong model texts, both fiction and nonfiction, that will help young writers learn what is possible, and experiment with the strategies professional writers use. The book also provides mini-lessons, mentor texts, writing process strategies, and classroom tips that will motivate students to confidently and competently take on any writing task. |
| Self-Supporting Scenery | 1993 | Miller, James Hull | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Everything you need to know about the craft and art of self-supporting scenery as explained by its leading designer. Any staging area in a school, public building, church or arena can use these designs to create a suitable setting for any type of theatrical productin. And the scenic units may easily be stored for use again and again. The modern alternative to the limitations of traditional prosenium stagecraft. |
| New Canadian Kid, The - Study Guide | 2008 | Singh Pierce, Sunita | Green ThumbTheatre | Produced to accompany the Play "The New Canadian Kid" by Dennis Foon. |
| Speech Arts Resource Manual | 1997 | Hancock, Mossie (Edited by) | Saskatchewan Music Festival Association | A resource manual for Speech Arts Competitions with an introduction by Fred Baker "An Approach To Speech Arts." |
| World Playground: A Musical Adventure For Kids | 1999 | Storper, Dan (Executive Producer) | Putumayo World Music | CD with Liner Notes (Stories). A collection of world music for kids that takes children and their families on an inspiring musical and cultural journey around the world. |
| Kids Take The Stage: Helping Young People Discover The Creative Outlet Of Theatre | 2006 | Peterson, Lenka and O'Connor, Dan | Back Stage Books | Here is a completely revised and updated edition of a classic guide to getting young people on stage and helping them create their own show. Aimed at parents and teachers who work with young people ages 8 - 18, this edition features the systematic approach to putting on a show that the authors have developed in more than 35 years of working with children. Clear, accessible and fun, this is the perfect book to help young people realize their creataive potential. |
| Indian Storyteller's Kit | 1972 | Contemporary Drama Service | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Suggestions for the Storyteller. |
| Filmmaking For Teens (2nd Edition) | 2010 | Lanier, Troy and Nichols, Clay | McNaughton and Gunn, Inc. | With zillions of videos being uploaded to YouTube every minute, how can a young filmmaker stand out? Easy - by applying the tools of this resource, beginning filmmakers can larn everything they need to know about how to make a great short film and get some serious eye-attention on YouTube and beyond. |
| Putting On A Play | 2005 | DuBois Jacobs, Paul and Swender, Jennifer | Smith Gibbs, Publishers | In this book, you'll find everything you need to put on your own play with your friends, including how to write a script, desgin a set, make costumes, act a part, and have some rollicking acting fun! The book includes a Pirate Play, Princess Play, Explorer Play, Circus Play, Cowboy and Cowgirl Play, and ideas for holiday plays. With this book and a little creativity, you're on your way to putting on a play! |
| Introduction To Stage Lighting | 2005 | Swift, Charles I. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | An Indispensable reference for drama teachers, directors, architects and design professionals. Twelve Chapters in Three Sections: Tools and Technology; Manipulating the Light; and The Collaborative Process. |
| Acting Under The Circumstances: Variations On A Theme Of Stanislavski | 1999 | Brestoff, Richard | Smith and Kraus, Inc. | A Step by Step approach to plaing a part. |
| Action! Acting Lessons For CG Animators | 2009 | Kundert-Gibbs, John and Kundert-Gibbs, Kristin | Wiley Publishing, Inc. | Create more powerful, compelling CG characters using advanced acting techniques. DVD included. |
| Creating Your Own Stage Makeup | 2001 | Davis, Gill | Back Stage Books | This book will help indidividual makeup artists and performers, groups and schools to explore the exciting world of creating new faces for stage. |
| Drawing Scenery for Theatre, Film and Television | 1990 | Rose, Rich | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book shows the reader how to draft a complete group of working drawings for a simple set. The authors describes and illustrates basic drafting equipment and tools, then demonstrates lettering, dimensioning, title blocks, elevation drawings and more. |
| Handbook Of Set Design, The | 2006 | Winslow, Colin | The Crowood Press | This handbook is a comprehensive guide to designing scenery of all kinds for a wide variety of stages. |
| Lighting The Stage, Art and Practice (3rd Edition) | 2001 | Bellman, Willard F. | Broadway Press, Inc. | This book is for the advanced student of lighting design and technology. It goes beyond technicque for creating light plots and focuses on the art of lighting design. |
| Acting For Young Actors | 2006 | Bell, Mary Lou and Lenney, Dinah | Back Stage Books | If you want ot learn about the craft and the business of acting, this is the book for you! |
| Teen's Guide to Getting Published, A (2nd Edition) | 2006 | Dunn, Jessica and Dunn, Danielle | Prufrock Press Inc. | Topics addressed are: the writing craft; freelance publishing; rights and coyright information; publishing pitfalls; writing camps and workshops; and staff writing and book publishing. |
| Off The Bus And On The Record | 2009 | Macklin, Karen (Edited by) | Zest Books | 22 candid interviews by teen journalists. |
| Kabuki Theatre | 1956 | Japanese Embassy | Unpublished | Informational pamphlet regarding Kabuki Theatre, the popular stage of Japan. Includes information on Ayako Uchiyama. |
| World Of Melodrama, The | 1967 | Rahill, Frank | The Pennsylvania State University Press | Contains extensive information on Melodrama and its place in the dramatic and theatrical traditoin. |
| Art Of Directing, The | 1985 | Kirk, John W. and Bellas, Ralph A. | Wadsworth Publishing Company | As Kirk and Bellas develop the premise "Conflict is the essence of drama", and then apply it to every stage of the production process, they provide a guide to increased power and efficiency in the art of directing. |
| From Rags To Riches: A History Of Girls' Clothing In America | 2006 | Sills, Leslie | Holiday House Book | This book contains information on the evolution of girls attire Colonial Atiare to today. If also has glossary, bibliography, webography, museums and organizations related to girls' clothing. |
| 112 Acting Games (Second Edition) | 2015 | Levy, Gavin | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | A comprehensive collection of engaging activities for developing valuable skills. |
| Theatre, The: Machine 1 | 1987 | Viola, Albert T. and Goone, Mona Lynn | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | A "hands-on" text for teaching virtually all the fundamentals of performance over a relatively brief, challenging and entertaining span of time. There are fifty individual lessons which may be integrated with classroom materials or used exclusively, one lesson per day, over a ten week period. |
| Theatre, The: Machine II | 1996 | Viola, Albert T. | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | The outstanding lesson plan format of the original "Theatre Machine" has been extended to this second volume with 50 brand new lessons. Introducing the concetp of the "Seven W's" in a series of sequential lesson plans, this volume emphasizes moment-to-moment reality to make a scene believable. With many new fresh theatre games and improvisations, the text also includes a section on blocking. This excellent teaching tool is geared to making simpler for you to challenge your class, whether you use it exclusively or as a supplement with other classroom materials. |
| Theatre, The: Machine 2 | 2003 | Viola, Albert T. | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | The third book in the Theatre Machine series clarifies the most influential acting system in the world through 22 sequential lessons. Based on the Stanislavski system - also know as Method acting - this text reinforces and builds on concepts from the first two books with a more in-depth approach to scene study. |
| Telling Stories Your Way | 2000 | Barton, Bob | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This comprehensive handbook offers sound advice for telling stories in your own way as well as samples of superb stories you can use to get you started. |
| This Book Is Not About Drama... It's About New Ways to Inspire Students | 2012 | Barrs, Myra, Barton Bob and Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This practical book is part food for thought, part instruction manuall, part stories and scripts to explore, and part encouragement to recharge reading and writing activities. |
| 3-Minute Motivators | 2014 | Paterson, Kathy | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This jam-packed new edition explores novel ways teachers can recognize and respond to the daily needs of their students. It provides activities to engage students, to help them refocus, and to bring a "hit of fun" into their school day. |
| Dream Wakers | 2016 | Ryan, Pam Munoz | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This book forcuses on the author's love of children's literature---and her decades of work developing the traits of writing---on books that celbrate Latino life and culture. She provides a wide variety of ideas to teach writing using some of the riches and most beautiful children's books available. This book gives you a annotated list of more thatn 120 books with do-it-today lesson ideas; 11 original and insightful essays; and a handy reference chart that helps teachers locate books quickly by trait, genre, language, and author/publisher information. |
| Theatre: Collaborative Act (Third Edition) | 2010 | Wainscott, Ronald and Fletcher, Kathy | Allyn and Bacon | The central premise of Theatre: Collaborative Acts is that theatre is collaboration or co-labor, which exists on many levels. To participate in theatre, as either audience member or practitioner, means to be at once an individual and part of a larger whole. It allows us to escape, relax, and refocus. Through the study of theatre, students develop an informed perspective for a lifetime of theatre-going in appreciation to help them enjoy, analyze, understand, read, visualize, and get the most out of many different types of theatre experiences. |
| Enjoyment Of Theatre, The (Seventh Editition) | 2008 | Cameron, Kenneth M., Gillespie, Patti P, Hunter, Jim, and Patterson Jim A. | Allyn and Bacon | This book provides a balanced coverage of performance and history that provides a comprehensve and accessible introduction to theatre. |
| Harbrace College Workbook For Canadian Writers | 1994 | Connor, William | Harcourt Brace and Company, Canada | This book provides students with exercises that reinforce what they have learned about writing. |
| Secret Path | 2016 | Downie, Gord and Lemire, Jeff | Simon & Schuster | Chanie Wenjack (misnamed Charlie by his teachers) ws a young boy who died on Octobe 22, 1966. He was trying to walk home, along the railroad tracks, trying to escape the Cecilia Jeffrey Indian Residential Schoo. Charnie's home was 400 miles away. He didn't know that. He didn't know where his home was, nor know how to find it. But like so many kids from residential schools - more than anyone will be able to imagine - he tried. |
| Theatre In Prince Albert 1866-1966 | 2017 | du Laux, Robert | The Prince Albert Historical Society | A historical account of the first 100 years of Theatre in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan. |
| Stage Manager and Assistant Stage Manager Handbook | 2008 | Victoria Theatre Guild and Dramatic School at Langham Court Theatre | Langham Court Theatre | A comprehensive handbook to guide stage managers through their many tasks. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 4 The Grand Entry | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. A Pow-Wow begins with a Grand Entry. The Eagle Staff leads the procession as the traditional flag made of feathers from an eagle. Traditional dancers enter from the East, following the Eagle Staff, then comes the Fancy Dancers, then the Hoop Dancers, followed by the Shawl Dancers, and finally the boys and girls. An Elder gives a prayer in the traditional language, an dthen the Pow-Wow begins. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 6 The Fancy Dance | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. This competition has always been the climas of the Pow-Wow. It is a test of speed and endurance. It allows the dancer to display his/her most intricate steps and body movements, incorporating his/her own style. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 9 The Grand Exhibition | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. As Pow-Wow has evolved, so to ohas the entertainment on the grandest scale. We travel to the land of the Pequots, a tribe attempting to recapture its heritage.As it is told in the original legend of the Big Drum, the Pow-Wow was a spectacle for all to see and behold. |
| Nonprofit Lifestyles, 2nd Edition | 2008 | Stevens, PH.D., Susan Kenny | Stagewise Enterprises, Inc. | Stage-based wisdom for nonprofit capacity. |
| Diversity Matters: Changing The Face Of Public Boards | 2016 | Averill, Nancy | Maytree | This publication is part of Maytree's major new initiative, DiverseCity on Board, that seeks to promote the inclusion of visible minorities and immigrant communities on the boards of public and quasi-public organizations in Canada. |
| Play Director's Survival Kit | 1995 | Rodgers, James W. and Rodgers, Wanda C. | Jossey-Bass | The resource is for new and veteran play directors. It is a comprehensive guide to producing student theatre packed with tested tips, timesavers and problem-solvers gleaned from the authors' experience in directing over 120 full-length plays and musicals. |
| Drama Teacher's Survival Guide, The: A Complete Handbook For Play Production | 2007 | Johnson, Margaret F. | Meriwether Publishing | Whether you are a seasoned drama director or a beginner, yo will find this book to be an invaluable tool kit of aid and assistance. |
| Drama Teacher's Survival Guide #2, The: Activities, Exercises And Techniques For The Theatre Classroom | 2011 | Johnson, Margaret F. | Meriwether Publishing | Ms. Johnson's second book covers every aspect of classroom theatre arts. Both beginning and seasoned drama directors will find an invaluable took kit of aid and assistance in these pages. |
| 101 Learning Activities: To Stretch And Strengthen Yout Child's Multiple Intelligences | 2012 | Lilienstein, Jen | Frontsiders, LLC | This book has been developed to give parents ideas of fhow to flex their child's mind muscles in enjoyable ways -- ways that celebrate and embrace the whole child instead of just a small piece of his or her potential. |
| Stage Fighting: A Practical Guide | 2008 | Howell, Jonathan | The Crowood Press | Revealing the practicalities of choreographing realist fight scenes on stage in a way that is both convincing for the audience and safe for the actors, this guide takes the reader behind the scenes. It explains how the illusion of the fight is created, looking at topics such as working with a partner; warming up; training, rehearsing and performing; and creating realistic sound effects. Topics covered include the role of the fight director, action and reaction, unarmed combat, using weapons, and safety aspects. This tool will be of interest to all drama students, teachers, choreographers, and amateur dramatic groups. |
| Drama Games For Devising | 2012 | Jessica Swale | Nick Hern Books | Part of the popular Drama Games Series, this dip-in, flick-through, quick-fire resource book, packed with dozens of drama games that can be used in the process of devising theatre. |
| Drama Games For Those Who Like To Say No | 2017 | Johnston, Chris | Nick Hern Books | Part of the popular Drama Games Series, this dip-in, flick-through, quick-fire resource book will provid an inspirational guide for teachers and workshop leaders working with difficult or reluctant students, youth groups, and all those who seem intent on saying 'no' to whatever is offered them. |
| 101 Dance Games For Children | 1996 | Rooyackers, Paul | Hunter House Publishing | This book is written for anyone interested in leading a goup of children in one or more dance games: teachers, parents, childcare workers, playground supervisors, babysitters, older relatives, and siblings - anyone who wishes to pass along he infectious joy of dancing. These games can be used in the classroom, on the playground, during a gymnastics class, on the playground, or in a music lesson. In simple settings and family situations, they offer loads of possibilities as independent, fun-filled activities. |
| 101 Music Games For Children | 1995 | Storms, Jerry | Hunter House Publishing | This book is for anyone who have a group of children in their house or yard who need entertaining and is looking for a new way to amuse and eduate them. None of these games call for dividing the group into those who are unskilled and those who are musically grifted. Nor do they require that the children know how to play musical instruments. The leader does not need any musical experience or expertise. |
| Teaching Drama (To Little Ones) | 2015 | McCuiston, Jessica | Beat By Beat Press | The goal of this book is to empower directors and teachers with specific tools and useful lesson plans to help teach a successful theatre program and create a memorable show when working with a group of little ones (kids age 3 - 7). It contains 12 ready-to-go lesson plans for kids age 3 - 7. |
| Introduction To First nations Culture & Traditions | 2015 | McIntyre Media Inc. - DVD | McIntyre Media Inc. | Host by Cedar Smoke. Running Time: 27 minutes. Teacher's Guide included on disc as a PDF file. Grades levels 3 - 8. In An Introduction to First Nations Cuture and Traditions, students are provided with a broad overview of First Nations life and culture. Your host, Cedar Smoke, introduces students to some important aspects of First Nations life - regalia and dance, food, drumming, powwows and the importance of the environment. Elders share their wisdom regarding cultural practices, laws and traditional values. |
| Introduction To First Nations Culture & Traditions Teachers' Guide | 2015 | McIntyre Media Inc. - PDF | McIntyre Media Inc. | Teacher's Guide to accompany DVD. |
| Drama Games For Classrooms And Workshops | 2017 | Swale, Jessica | Nick Hern Books Limited | A quick reference book, packed with 101 lively drama games for use in any classroom or workshop setting. The games are suitable for players of all ages, with many appropriate for children from age 6 upwards.Whilst aimed primarily at school and youth theatre groups, they will be equally fun and instructional for adults to play. |
| 24 Improvisations With Obstacles! | 2019 | Price, Lindsay | The Drama Notebook (Theatrefolk) | These exercises works best for ages 11-18. These can be performed as in-class improvisations, or given as homework. |
| Treaty Education: Outcomes And Indicators | 2013 | Saskatchewan Ministry of Education | Saskatchewan Ministry of Education | Outcomes and Indicators for Saskatchewan's K-12 Continuum for Treaty Education. |
| Voice Exercise Book, The | 2015 | Nelson, Jeannette | National Theatre Publishing | This is a guide to healthy and effective voice use. |
| Brainstorm: The Original Playscript | 2016 | Glasier, Ned, Lim, Emily, and Company Three | Nick Hern Books Limited | This book contains a blue print for creating your own productin. |
| Integrated Voice, The | 2013 | Case, Sarah | Nick Hern Books Limited | The book is structured as a series of practical workshops, it leads you session by session, through the foundations of release and relaxation, breath and voice support. |
| Drama Games For Young Children | 2016 | Zachest, Katherine | Nick Hern Books Limited | This book includes 40 complete and easy-to-follow lesson plans all appropriate for exploring the curriculum or running extra-curricular workshops. It contains over 200 individual games for children aged 3 and up. |
| Hoop Dancing Unit | 2018 | Moskal, Lyndsay | Unpublished | This unit instructs groups on how to construct hoops for hoop dancing as well as instructs groups on the basic steps of Hoop Dancing. User friendly for all ages. |
| Your Handy Companion to Devising And Physical Theatre | 2014 | Orti, Pilar | Pilar Orti | This book will guide you through the devising process. The book include five plays with short texts illustrating different forms used when devising. |
| Roue Medicinale, La | 2015 | Anderson, Teddy | Medicine Wheel Education Inc. | French version of The Medicine Wheel by Teddy Anderson. Illustrated by Jessika von Innerebner. |
| Medicine Wheel, The | 2014 | Anderson, Teddy | Medicine Wheel Education Inc. | The Hoop Dance and the Medicine Wheel are powerful symbols of unity, cooperation and harmony. In his performances around the world, Teddy Anderson uses these symbols as lenses through which young and old alike can examine the past, and plan for the future. |
| How-To Guide For Virtual Theatre, A | 2020 | Glassman, Joshua | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | This resource gives information and tips on how to produce your play through the digital medium. |
| "Stage Managing" A Zoom Performance | 2020 | Vuranch, Karen | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | This resource gives information and tips on how to stage manage a virtual performance. |
| Monologue Everything! | 2014 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | This book is crammed full of exercises that will help you to become an expert in the art of monologue writing. The book takes you through the process as if you were the student. The book speaks to you directly. It is designed for personal learning. The included Classroom Edition converts the content into Lesson Plans and Rubrics to help you to employ these exercises in a formal classroom setting. |
| 81 Playwriting Exercises | 2021 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | This resource provides 81 exercises that can be used to get students in the habit of writing on a regular basis. Use these exercise as a daily warm-up during a playwriting unit; to keep students writing if they're stuck in the middle of a specific writing project; to allow students to practice the craft of writing monologues and scenes; when you can't be in there for an emergency lesson plan; and if your classroom environment changes (e.g. distance learning). |
| Mummu: A Classroom Study Guide | 2020 | Shimano, Kirk | Theatrefolk | A classroom study guide to accompany the play "Mummu" (277). |
| Drama In The Elementary School - Improvisation Handbook | 1981 | Tims, Ellie and Tritter, Wes | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook contains all you need to do improvisation in the elementary classroom. |
| Adapt Now: Adapting Drama Classroom Materials To Different Learning Environments | 2020 | Price, Lindsay, Loftus, Karen, Webster, Matt | Theatrefolk | Is your classroom shifting from a traditional in-person environment to a distance learning environment? Are you being asked to submit plans for social distancing? Are most of your students at home without regular access to the Internet or a computer? Whatever the scenario, adaptation is going to be key. In this resource we will provide a number of adaptation examples for warm-ups, instruction methods, activities and exercises. Our goal is to adapt things that were originally written for traditional classrooms to different environments. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel with your curriculum. You can adapt, shift the focus, and continue to work on skills whether your students are virtual or socially distanced. |
| Your High School Improv Show Playbook | 2019 | Hoare, Jim | Theatrefolk | Improvisation is a great tool for the drama classroom to help build ensemble, encourage risk-taking, support spontaneity and foster a sense of humour. But how do you take improv further? Have students do a live performance! This fantastic resource that helps your student performers build confidence in their creative abilities. It holds everything you'll ever need to know about putting on your first live show from the what and the why, to game lists, to warm-ups, to host tasks, to audience suggestions and more! |
| Production Publicity Toolkit, The | 2018 | Price, Lindsay, Marshall, Lea | Theatrefolk | What do you do to get an audience for your productions? Publicity may seem like another job that you don’t have time for, don’t have a budget to implement, and doesn’t bring results. This resource can help with Reflections, articles, worksheets, and case studies specific to the school production experience. Give your production the publicity it deserves with these adaptable elements and suggestions. |
| 275 Acting Games Connected | 2010 | Levym, Gavin | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | With 275 all-new games divided into 33 categories  body awareness, concentration and focus, improvisation, mime, and much more  this book is a great bargain for the price. You even get five monologues as a bonus. Like his earlier book, each of the exercises includes a defined purpose, a description of the game, discussion guidelines, and teaching variation suggestions. This book goes one step further and provides an “industry connection†for every game. This new Industry Connection paragraph consists of real-life examples and discussion aids connected to the acting profession, designed to promote growth and motivate actors to excel.  The depth that this book delves into with each exercise gives instructors of all experience levels the tools they need to teach techniques, hold group discussions, and guide students with leading questions. Levy’s observations are based on over 20 years of experience training students to meet the differing challenges of the stage, the screen, and broadcasting. This is truly a comprehensive resource for teachers who want to help their students connect to the modern craft of acting. |
| Adjudicating Theatre Performance: Responding To Competitions And Festivals | 2010 | Slusser, Dean C. | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Veteran educator Dean Slusser brings his insight and experience to the purpose and philosophy of theatre adjudication, addressing the difference between competitions and festivals, the adjudicator's role in each and the evolution of "professional" adjudication. In this handbook for adjudicators at every level of experience, he offers a comprehensive discussion of approaches used in a variety of professional organizations such as the American Association for Community Theatre, the Kennedy Center/American College Theatre Festival, the Texas Educational Theatre Association and others. Chapter topics include the content and shape of adjudication and approaches to scoring festivals and competitions. Festival hosts and organizers can benefit from the practical suggestions for implementing an adjudication format that benefits participants, audience and adjudicators alike. Slusser offers a lighthearted chapter highlighting actual comments from adjudicators and proposes an adjudicator training program, delving into the philosophy of adjudication and its relationship to developing critical thinking skills. The book is an excellent resource for better understanding the adjudicator's role or improving your individual skills. |
| Title | Date | Author | Publisher | Abstract |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aboriginal Cultures And Perspectives: Diversity In The Classroom | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Making a Difference in the Classroom |
| Acting | Jan-80 | Creighton, Valerie | Unpublished | Tips on approaching script, acting problems to be careful of, audition technique, rehearsal techniques, and theatrical ethics |
| Acting And Stage Movement For Amateurs & Professionals | 1963 | White, Edwin/ Battye, Marguerite | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A complete handbook for actors detailing all phases of acting and stage movement: speech control, interpretation of character style, sitting, walking, standing, hand and arm coordination and opposition, the eyes, the head, body movement, exits and entrances |
| Acting Games: Improvisations And Excercises | 1993 | Cassady, Marsh | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A four section book of acting games and improvisations to assist students in developing their creative abilities. Section One includes games for relaxing and focusing. Section Two helps students discover new ways of seeing themselves, others and the world around them. The Third Section demonstrates with improvisations how to use space to build scenes and create characters from imagination. Section Four features acting games to analyze and play characters from existing plays. All the essential elements of acting and character development are explored |
| Acting In Film | Caine, Micheal | Samuel French, Inc. | The Academy Award-winning actor, Michael Caine, reveals his methods for on-screen success in a lively, straightforward guide to the craft and business of film acting. "Acting in Film" is entertaining, informative, and should be read by actors and filmgoers alike. | |
| Acting Narrative Speeches - The Actor As Storyteller | 2002 | McDonough, Tim | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A comprehensive text that helps an actor learn to find the inherent energy, the emotional essence, the subtext coloring of every word and every sentence in a dramatic speech. |
| Acting Skills For Life | 1989 | Cameron, Ron | Simon & Pierre | Overcoming personal obstacles in acting; releasing the actor's body; discovering the actor's body and the character's body; blocking a scene; getting into character; internal approaches to characterization; voice and the actor; developing the actor's voice; psychology and acting; comedy and style; actor's introduction to Shakespeare |
| Actor Prepares, An | 1961 | Stanislavski, Constantin | Theatre Arts Books, New York | This is the first volume of Stanislavski's planned triology on the training of an actor. Translated by Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Adjudication | 1990 | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | American Alliance For Theatre & Education | This sixteen page monograph tells how adjudication can be a positive experience, with the emphasis on responding rather than judging. Practical tips are given which are applicable to Festival settings and competitions where educational and aesthetic values important. |
| Artist And Community Collaboration: A Toolkit For Community Projects | 2006 | Common Weal Community Arts | Unpublished | Handbook to help groups develop and deliver community projects. |
| Asking Better Questions: Models, Techniques And Classroom | 1994 | Morgan, Norah/ Saxton, Julianna | Pembrook Publishers | This book examines why teachers are not secure as questioners and why students are so often shut out of the questioning process; helps teachers to understand why questions are so important to teaching and learning in the 21st century; suggest an uncomplicated way to classify the questions teachers need to ask in order to acquire information, build understanding and generate reflection; and offers models, techniques, activities and examples which promote better questioning by teachers and students |
| Audacious Poetry: Reflections Of Adolescence | 1992 | Barclay Lipson, Greta | Good Apple Inc | Several funny and honest poems. Level: Grades 6-9. A guided trip through moods, friends, teen-speak, transformations, parents, fashion, self-doubt and more. The insightful themes are linked to writing and discussion activities. |
| Audacious Poetry: Reflections Of Adolescence | 1992 | Barclay Lipson, Greta | Good Apple Inc | Several funny and honest poems. Level: Grades 6-9. A guided trip through moods, friends, teen-speak, transformations, parents, fashion, self-doubt and more. The insightful themes are linked to writing and discussion activities. |
| Back To The Basics Of Performance: K-9 | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This booklet can offset a lot of the pitfalls that a novice or even an experienced teacher encounters as he or she produces the school show.. Practical suggestions and ideas contributed by teachers for teachers ensures an organized approach to performance |
| Back To The Basics Of Performance: K-9 | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This booklet can offset a lot of the pitfalls that a novice or even an experienced teacher encounters as he or she produces the school show.. Practical suggestions and ideas contributed by teachers for teachers ensures an organized approach to performance |
| Backstage Handbook | 1988 | Carter, Paul | Broadway Press | This is a wonderfully practical aid to the set designer and builder, chock-full of information on everything you've ever wanted to know about the "nuts and bolts" of back stage work. Chapters: Tools, Hardware, Materials, Electrics, Shop Math, Architecture, and Theatre, with numerous detailed drawings of everything from actual common nail sizes to stage lighting instruments and hardware, to plan views of different types of theatres. |
| Basic Drama Projects (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | Structured in 29 chapters geared to many aspects of performance drama. Sample chapters: Developing Observation; Developing Concentration; Following Stage Directions. Each chapter follows the same instructional procedure: Important Words to Notice in This Assignment; Background Notes; Assignment and Its Purpose; How to Prepare; How to Present; Additional Projects; Bibliography; Activity Sheet (for the student) and Critique (for the instructor - i.e.. the teacher's evaluation). Appendices to the book include excellent notes on the history of the theatre, a glossary of basic stage terms, short rehearsal scenes, suggested one-act and three-act plays, and more. |
| Basic Drama Projects (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | Structured in 29 chapters geared to many aspects of performance drama. Sample chapters: Developing Observation; Developing Concentration; Following Stage Directions. Each chapter follows the same instructional procedure: Important Words to Notice in This Assignment; Background Notes; Assignment and Its Purpose; How to Prepare; How to Present; Additional Projects; Bibliography; Activity Sheet (for the student) and Critique (for the instructor - i.e.. the teacher's evaluation). Appendices to the book include excellent notes on the history of the theatre, a glossary of basic stage terms, short rehearsal scenes, suggested one-act and three-act plays, and more. |
| Basic Drama Projects: Teachers Manual (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | none |
| Basic Drama Projects: Teachers Manual (Sixth Edition) | 1993 | Tanner, Fran | Tanner-Clark Publishing Co | none |
| Building Plays | 1995 | Tarlington, Carole and Michaels, Wendy | Pembroke Publishers | Simple Play building Techniques at Work |
| Building Plays | 1995 | Tarlington, Carole and Michaels, Wendy | Pembroke Publishers | Simple Play building Techniques at Work |
| Canadian Drama Mosaic | Sep-04 | Burke, Margaret (Edited by) | Theatre Canada | A Historical Perspective of Canada's Theatre-in-Education |
| Character Building | 1997 | Colbourne, R. Garnet and Ramsden, J.R. | International Thomson Publishing | Drama Activities for middle years and secondary students written by Saskatoon teachers! Canadian |
| Circus In A Suitcase | 1982 | Bolton, Reg | New Plays Incorporated | Contents: What is a Circus? Children's Circuses In Communities and Schools; Circus Skills; How To Put On A Show |
| Clowning Around: Middle Years Abd Junior High | 1984 | Edmonton Public Schools | Edmonton Public Schools | Curriculum unit designed for students with some drama experience in mime and improvisation. The focus in the unit is on developing the Mime Clown; therefore speech is not included. Teacher's will find the unit helpful in extending and enriching the upper elementary or junior high drama program. Organizational guidance, activities and suggested resources are presented to facilitate the implementation of this extended dramatic form |
| Collective Creation | 1989 | Berry, Glenys and Reinbold, Loanne | Alberta Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission | This booklet is designed to assist drama teachers in using a collective creation to explore social issues of concern to teens. Collective creation is an exciting way to engage teens to explore and describe their interests. |
| Collective Creation Teacher's Manual, The | 1996 | Branyik, Christine | Unpublished | Written by a Saskatchewan teacher and theatre professional, this manual contains information on the Six Steps of a Collective Creation and includes chapters on: class structure; status of the class; the mini-lesson; group work; group share; journals; putting it all together; evaluation; bibliography and resources. Canadian |
| Collective Encounters | 1987 | Filewood, Alan | University of Toronto Press | A book recommended for middle years and secondary teachers. Alternative theatre has been one of Canada's strongest cultural institutions over the past twenty years. In this study of the genre as it has been developed nationally, Filewood examines six landmark examples in terms of their impact on their respective theaters and their role in Canada's cultural development generally. The plays include Theatre Passe Muraille's "The Farm Show", Toronto Workshop Production's "Ten Lost Years", Globe Theater's "No. 1 Hard", 25th Street Theater's "Paper Wheat", The Mummers Troupe's "Buchans: A Mining Town", and Catalyst Theater's "Its About Time" |
| Comedy Improvisation: Excercises And Techniques For Young Actors | 1991 | Horn, Delton T. | Meriwether Publishing Inc. | A unique resource book to learn the structures, techniques, and exercises of comedy improvisation including improv in the classroom; simple and advanced Improv structures; character Improv structures. Includes advanced acting exercises such as voiceless acting, faceless acting, and creating scripts through improvisation. |
| Comedy Improvisation: Excercises And Techniques For Young Actors | 1991 | Horn, Delton T. | Meriwether Publishing Inc | A unique resource book to learn the structures, techniques, and exercises of comedy improvisation including improv in the classroom; simple and advanced Improv structures; character Improv structures. Includes advanced acting exercises such as voiceless acting, faceless acting, and creating scripts through improvisation. |
| Complete Idiot's Guide To Robert's Rules, The | 2004 | Sylvester, Nancy | Alpha | |
| Contemporary Canadian Theatre | 1985 | Ed: Wagner, Anton | Simon & Pierre Publishing Co Ltd | A collection of essays prepared by The Canadian Theatre Critics Association. Topics: Government and Cultural Expression; Theatre and Drama Across Canada; The Electronic Media; The Canadian Performing Arts Mosaic; The Emergence of the Theatre Professional. |
| Create Your Own Stage Lighting | 1985 | Streader, Tim/ Willimas, John | Bell & Hyman | A manual of essential skills for the lighting designer, (both student and amateur), this book provides a firm foundation for the creative use of lighting in support of dramatic objectives. Written by professionals, this book gives special attention to the needs of the amateur or occasional lighting designer. The historical survey of the art serves to broaden the reader's perception of the subject and introduces an examination of the role of the lighting designer. Equipment is described and discussed, and the basic needs of a newly established theatrical group are set out. Chapters on planning for proscenium arch, thrust stage and area theatres, production procedures, and special effects are augmented with a special projects section based on the author's own productions. Basic electrical safety is emphasized throughout and is the subject of a chapter including electrical theory. Lighting the small stage with limited resources is also discussed in detail. |
| Create Your Own Stage Props | 1984 | Govier, Jacquie | Prentice-Hall Inc | This well organized, well-illustrated book gives information on materials and techniques for the making of "all the paraphernalia to be found whenever and whenever the plot thickens!" |
| Create Your Own Stage Props | 1984 | Govier, Jacquie | Prentice-Hall Inc | This well organized, well-illustrated book gives information on materials and techniques for the making of "all the paraphernalia to be found whenever and whenever the plot thickens!" |
| Creating A Role | 1965 | Popper, Hermine I. (editor) | Theatre Arts Books, New York | This is the third volume of Stanislavski's planned trilogy on the training of an actor. |
| Creating an Inclusive Classroom: Diversity in the Classroom Series | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Integrating Student with Special Needs |
| Creating Minds | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | An anatomy of creativity seen through the lives of Freud, Einstein, Picasso, Stravinsky, Eliot, Graham, and Ghandi. |
| Creating Plays With Children | 1970 | Sanders, Sandra | Citation Press, New York | Introduction discusses pedagogy versus reality, choosing a story, choosing a scene, acting out the scene: day one, two & three, writng the script, casting and rehersing, & doing a printed play. Also 6 short plays based on existing plays is included. |
| Creative Classroom, The | 1993 | Kelner, Lenore B. | Heinemann: Portsmouth, NH | Contents: activities in creativity, strategies for spelling, classifying and sequencing techniques, visualization and writing, language and role play, literature and story development, playbuilding. |
| Creative Drama For Grades 4-6 | 1988 | Pendleton, Susan | Saskatoon Separate School | An invaluable resource by a Saskatchewan author, with lesson plans, and hundreds of activities. Clear aims and goals expressed. Canadian. |
| Creative Drama In The Classroom | 1984 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Movement & Rhythm; Pantomime; Improv; Puppets and Masks; Stories & Plays; Poetry; Speech; Drama for special needs. |
| Creative Drama In The Intermediate Grades | 1987 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Creative drama in the classroom, imagination, body and spatial awareness, movement and mime, improvisation, puppets and masks, drama for special needs. |
| Creative Drama Resource Book for Kindergarten Through Grade 3 | 1987 | Heinig, Ruth Beall | Prentice-Hall (Theatrebooks) | A complete approach to using components of creative drama, story telling, narrative, puppets etc. in the classroom |
| Creative DramaIn The Primary Grades | 1987 | McCaslin, Nellie | Longman | Contents: Creative drama in the classroom, imagination, body and spatial awareness, movement and mime, improvisation, puppets and masks, drama for special needs. |
| Creative Experiences For The Elementary Child | 1975 | Keerak, Marilyn | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Inspires the use of drama in the classroom. Gives ideas and suggestions on a variety of aspects of drama, music, and art in the elementary school. A lengthy and full detailed bibliography is also included |
| Creative Experiences For The Elementary Child | 1975 | Keerak, Marilyn | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Inspires the use of drama in the classroom. Gives ideas and suggestions on a variety of aspects of drama, music, and art in the elementary school. A lengthy and full detailed bibliography is also included |
| Curriculum Support: Drama In Junior High | 1989 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: Introduction; the adolescent; safety; program content (orientation, disciplines format, movement, speech, improvisation/acting, theatre studies, technical theatre); program planning; lesson planning; evaluation; post-school; program support/resources |
| Curriculum Support: Drama In Senior High | 1989 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: introduction; the adolescent; safety; orientation; movement; speech, improvisation; acting; theatre studies; technical theatre/design; playwriting; directing; program planning; lesson planning; evaluation; post-school; program support/resources. |
| Designing And Painting For The Theatre | 1975 | Pecktal, Lynn | Lynn Packtal | Information on designing and painting for theatre, opera and ballet. Transcripts of interview with leading designers of the American stage follow each chapter. |
| Developmental Drama - Theatre Arts | 1977 | Nova Scotia Eduaction | Nova Scotia Department of Eduaction | Contents: The Function of Drama; Consider a Human Being; Begin from where you are Imagination; Movement and the use of Sound; Speaking; Sensitivity & Characterization; Improvisation; Fighting & Violence; Playmaking & Play-building; Social Drama |
| Different Drummer | 1972 | Kemp, David | McClelland & Stewart | This book provides a new approach to drama. Providing thematic material for improvisational work, it enables students to create their own total theatre experience using all the media available and utilizing all the talent in the classroom. For the inexperienced teacher it provides a wealth of material, ideas, and exact directions on how to implement them. For the experiences teacher it provides the form of an improvisation through which he/she can extend their concepts. |
| Different Drummer | 1972 | Kemp, David | McClelland & Stewart | This book provides a new approach to drama. Providing thematic material for improvisational work, it enables students to create their own total theatre experience using all the media available and utilizing all the talent in the classroom. For the inexperienced teacher it provides a wealth of material, ideas, and exact directions on how to implement them. For the experiences teacher it provides the form of an improvisation through which he/she can extend their concepts. |
| Dinner Theatre Handbook | 1981 | Smolensky, Sheila | Pioneer Drama Service Inc | From soup to stage show and everything in between; this dinner theatre guide will answer virtually all of your questions on how to organize a successful dinner theatre. Such dinner theatre components as selecting the hall, preparing the stage area, lighting, sound, menu planning, serving, cleanup and making the evening a total entertainment package are clearly explained. |
| Dinner Theatre Handbook | 1981 | Smolensky, Sheila | Pioneer Drama Service Inc | From soup to stage show and everything in between; this dinner theatre guide will answer virtually all of your questions on how to organize a successful dinner theatre. Such dinner theatre components as selecting the hall, preparing the stage area, lighting, sound, menu planning, serving, cleanup and making the evening a total entertainment package are clearly explained. |
| Directing And Scriptwriting Grade 12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Scriptwriting 12 introduces directing and scriptwriting. These areas are of particular interest to students who show leadership, are capable of detailed planning and organization, and have a flair for creative writing. |
| Directing And Scriptwriting Grade 12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Scriptwriting 12 introduces directing and scriptwriting. These areas are of particular interest to students who show leadership, are capable of detailed planning and organization, and have a flair for creative writing. |
| Directing: Play Selection And Script Analysis | Burgess, G. | Unpublished | Information handout from workshop about play selection and script analysis | |
| Dorothy Heathcote: Drama As A Learning Medium | 1976 | Wagner, Betty Jane | Hutchinson Educations | This book illustrates how drama can: help classes catch a vision of the universal; internalize experience; reflect on it; and put it back into words. Includes practical guidelines on such areas as finding material, planning, using Role in teaching, teacher training and the handicapped. Contents: What Drama Can Do; Evoking Not Directing; Edging In; Finding Material Through Brotherhoods; From Segmenting to Dramatic Focus; Leading Through Questions; Building Belief; Dropping to the Universal; Withholding Expertise; Planning; Using Role in teaching; Theatre Elements as Tools; Movement; The Left Hand of Knowing; Classifying Drama; Code Cracking; Literature and Language; Code Cracking: Other Areas; The Handicapped; Teacher Training; Guarantees For Drama. |
| Dorothy Heathcote: Drama As A Learning Medium | 1976 | Wagner, Betty Jane | Hutchinson Educations | This book illustrates how drama can: help classes catch a vision of the universal; internalize experience; reflect on it; and put it back into words. Includes practical guidelines on such areas as finding material, planning, using Role in teaching, teacher training and the handicapped. Contents: What Drama Can Do; Evoking Not Directing; Edging In; Finding Material Through Brotherhoods; From Segmenting to Dramatic Focus; Leading Through Questions; Building Belief; Dropping to the Universal; Withholding Expertise; Planning; Using Role in teaching; Theatre Elements as Tools; Movement; The Left Hand of Knowing; Classifying Drama; Code Cracking; Literature and Language; Code Cracking: Other Areas; The Handicapped; Teacher Training; Guarantees For Drama. |
| Do's And Don?t's Of Drama | 1930 | Latham, Jean | Heuer Publishing Company | This book contains more than 500 brief, practical suggestions for actor and producer. It has been adopted as required reading in many college and university drama courses and it has won the praise of coaches, teachers of drama and of speech, drama critics, experienced actors and beginners. Contains simple and helpful charts and covers its field from collecting stage properties to planning stage movements. |
| Drama Activities | 1989 | Rothero, Patricia | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Contents: Sh! Sh!, Baby's Sleeping; The Haunted House; Warning; The Polar Express; The Most Beautiful Things in the World; The Pied Piper; Hansel and Gretel. |
| Drama for Learning | 1995 | Heathcote, Dorothy/ Bolton, Gavin | Heinemann | Heathcote's mantle of the expert approach to education |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Guildelines | 1989 | Lambert, Alan/ Linnell, Rosemary/ O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann Educational Books | This British publication gives some excellent information and insights into what has become known as contextual drama. Of the seventeen lessons, eleven are geared to elementary students and six to junior and senior high age. They all deal with contextual drama rather than theatre or performance drama. The object of each lesson is clearly stated. For example, Lesson 1 - To test whether understanding of moral dilemma can be achieved more effectively through drama than through narrative. This lesson was part of a project on Moral Education. Lesson 6 - To get a difficult and uncoordinated group to work successfully together. In the section, Aspects of Drama, such topics of movement, relaxation and games are discussed. |
| Drama Ideas '76: Elementary | 1976 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Thematic units explore major literary modes and techniques of drama from games to storytelling to whole group improvisation. Fun and entertaining as well as education and informative, the developmental sequence ranges from join-in activities to deeply structured drama lessons. Using themes from a rich selection of children's literature, this book suggests that "literature can be the focus and springboard of drama exploration". What is of particular interest to Saskatchewan teachers of drama is the section entitled "Extended Improvisation", which is found in each of the ten chapters. |
| Drama Ideas I: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama integrated into other curriculum areas, using various themes, topics, lessons and units. |
| Drama Ideas I: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama integrated into other curriculum areas, using various themes, topics, lessons and units. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama Ideas II: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | A series of chapters prepared by drama teachers, covering various techniques, with materials appropriate to the techniques. |
| Drama In Action: Some Illuminations | 1987 | Ross, Cameron | University of Regina | Descriptions and analysis of a drama project used in introductory Drama-in-Education classes at the University of Regina. |
| Drama in the Elementary School | 1972 | Nova Scotia Education | Nova Scotia Department of Education | Contents: Introduction And Aims; Movement and Mime; Speech; Improvisation; Appendices (example lessons). |
| Drama in the English Classroom | 1986 | Byron, Ken | Methuen & Co Ltd | A lively and useful guide to the use of drama in teaching English. Written in the form of a teacher's journal, this book aims to show that drama has a major contribution to make in the English classroom and it hits its mark. Particularly useful for secondary teachers of English and Drama, middle years teachers will also discover much that is valuable here especially if literature provides contexts for drama work in their classrooms. |
| Drama in the English Classroom | 1986 | Byron, Ken | Methuen & Co Ltd | A lively and useful guide to the use of drama in teaching English. Written in the form of a teacher's journal, this book aims to show that drama has a major contribution to make in the English classroom and it hits its mark. Particularly useful for secondary teachers of English and Drama, middle years teachers will also discover much that is valuable here especially if literature provides contexts for drama work in their classrooms. |
| Drama Reference Guidebook | 1987 | Megley-Blazuk, Julia | Access Network | The Alberta Educational Communications Corporation. Setting the Scene, Structured Dramatic Play, Dramatic Movement, Mime, Choral Speech, Storytelling, Dramatization, Puppetry, Readers' Theatre, Choric Drama, Story Theatre, Playmaking, Group Drama |
| Drama Reference Video #1 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Storytelling (14:35); Dramatization (11:40); Puppetry (12:25); Choric Drama (11:25); Reader's Theatre (9:55); Story Theatre (11:50); Playmaking (15:10); Group Drama (13:50). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #1 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Storytelling (14:35); Dramatization (11:40); Puppetry (12:25); Choric Drama (11:25); Reader's Theatre (9:55); Story Theatre (11:50); Playmaking (15:10); Group Drama (13:50). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #2 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Setting the Scene (20:15); Structured Dramatic Play (17:05); Dramatic Movement (13:45); Mime (12:30); Choral Speech (16:15). | ||
| Drama Reference Video #2 | Saskatchewan Education Media Service | Contents: Setting the Scene (20:15); Structured Dramatic Play (17:05); Dramatic Movement (13:45); Mime (12:30); Choral Speech (16:15). | ||
| Drama Resource Cards | 1977 | Evans, Mike/ Norris, Jay | Longman Group Ltd | Specific drama lessons, skills and source material are in an easily digested form and require minimum preparation. The pack contains: A - session cards; B - how to do drama cards (including an excellent and comprehensive section on stage fights); C - drama games cards; D - first aid cards (intended to help teachers overcome some of the more common stumbling blocks that hinder progress in drama work). |
| Drama Resource Cards | 1977 | Evans, Mike/ Norris, Jay | Longman Group Ltd | Specific drama lessons, skills and source material are in an easily digested form and require minimum preparation. The pack contains: A - session cards; B - how to do drama cards (including an excellent and comprehensive section on stage fights); C - drama games cards; D - first aid cards (intended to help teachers overcome some of the more common stumbling blocks that hinder progress in drama work). |
| Drama Resources K - 5 | 1990 | Therens, Joan | Regina Public School | A comprehensive 'hands-on' series of classroom activities which includes suggestions for getting started, stretching activities, movement, mime (individual and partners), playmaking, improvisation and drama in context. |
| Drama Safety Bulletin | 1981 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: Regulations and Responsibilities Affecting the Drama Program; Recommendations for a Safe Drama Program; Safety in the Drama Classroom; Safety in the Drama Workshop Area; Safety in the Performance Area; Precaution Checklists. |
| Drama Structures | 1982 | Lambert, Alan/ Cecily O'Neill | Hutchinson | A teacher's manual providing fifteen developing lesson structures on different themes. The themes involve the pupils in a whole range of drama and learning activities. Notes on practical teaching problems and possible developments for each sequence are given on facing pages. Two further sections of the book provide a simple theoretical framework for drama teaching and consider some key strategies. This book is for both non-specialists and drama teachers who want to develop their work further. |
| Drama Structures | 1982 | Lambert, Alan/ Cecily O'Neill | Hutchinson | A teacher's manual providing fifteen developing lesson structures on different themes. The themes involve the pupils in a whole range of drama and learning activities. Notes on practical teaching problems and possible developments for each sequence are given on facing pages. Two further sections of the book provide a simple theoretical framework for drama teaching and consider some key strategies. This book is for both non-specialists and drama teachers who want to develop their work further. |
| Drama Words | 1987 | Toronto Board of Education | Language Study Centre - Drama | The role of drama in language growth: writing drama; drama narrative; story drama; collectives. |
| Drama Worlds: A Framework for Process Drama | 1995 | O'Neill, Cecily | Heinemann | Contents: Process Drama & Improv; Scripts & Texts; Roles and Roleplay; Audience and Participation; Structuring the Dramatic Experience |
| DramaStarters | 1984 | Stoate, Graham | Harrap | Contents: Games and physical exercises; concentration exercises; speech activities; improvisations. |
| Dramathemes | 1988 | Swartz, Larry | Pembroke Publishers | Contains 101 consistent, practical lessons in ten thematic units which explore major literary modes and techniques of drama from games to storytelling to whole group improvisation. The developmental sequence ranges from join-in activities to deeply-structured drama lessons. |
| Dramatic Arts: Basic Level Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1983 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | The contents of this document can be used in conjunction with the Dramatic Arts Core Curriculum when planning programs at the grade 7 and 8 levels. The Grade 7 and 8 component of this Basic Level document is specifically in reference to what was modified on the basic level and which can now be referred to as transition courses. |
| Dramatic Arts: Core Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1981 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | This document provides a core form which leaders can develop Dramatic Arts courses of study at both the General and Advanced Levels of difficulty. It is philosophically based upon the Ontario Ministry of Education's "Dramatic Arts Curriculum Guideline for the Intermediate and Senior Divisions" |
| Dramatic Arts: Core Curr 7 - 12: City of York | 1981 | City of York (Ontario) | City of York Board of Education | This document provides a core form which leaders can develop Dramatic Arts courses of study at both the General and Advanced Levels of difficulty. It is philosophically based upon the Ontario Ministry of Education's "Dramatic Arts Curriculum Guideline for the Intermediate and Senior Divisions" |
| Dramatic Arts: Intermediate and Senior | 1981 | Ontario Ministry of Education | Ontario Ministry of Education | This guide is meant to provide specific and ordered sets of aims and objectives and a complete description of curriculum development from one division to the next in Ontario. This guideline outlines Ministry policy for the Intermediate and Senior divisions. The term "dramatic arts" designates all curricular drama within the Intermediate and Senior divisions. |
| Dramatic Arts: Province of Manitoba | Manitoba Deapartment of Education | Manitoba Deapartment of Education | Experimental dramatic arts program for levels I, II, and III. Contents: Drama Facilities; Dramatic Arts (level one, two, three); Sample Units; Sample Outlines; Suggested Topics; Bibliography | |
| Dramatic Body, The | 1992 | Jetsmark, John | Blizzard Publishing | Jetsmark uses effective techniques of physical characterization from his extensive research into western and eastern European traditions in a series of exercises and observations which help students acquire effective techniques for using the body as a dramatic instrument. |
| Dramatic Curriculum, The | 1980 | Courtney, Richard | Drama Book Specialists: New York | Contents: Our Dramatic Universe; Developmental Drama; Dramatic Age Stages; Elements of Curriculum Design; Planning for Schools. |
| Dramawise | 1986 | Haseman, Brad/ O'Toole, John | Heinemann Educational Australia | Contents: The Human Context; Dramatic Tension; Focus; Place and Space; Time; Language; Movement; Mood; Symbols; Dramatic Meaning. |
| Dress The Show: A Basic Costume Book | 1976 | Healy, Daty | New Plays Incorporated | This is a most excellent and encouraging book for the costumer working in any and all branches of the non-commercial theatre. In simple, clearly ordered, terms the book offers a sophisticated range of information. Basic pattern making, the essentials of painting, dyeing and ornamenting, the basic supplies necessary to a costume workroom, description of the characteristics of fabrics - these are but a few examples of the help provided. There are also 44 full page plates. |
| Elementary "Can of Squirms" | 1992 | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | "Can of Squirms" is a simplified role playing game conceived in a fun format to make it easy for players to say what they feel and feel what they say. It encourages peer-group teaching and involves spontaneous feelings and value priorities. Each version of the game is designed for a specific age level or dialogue objective. Adaptable to one-on-one situations or group sessions. Can be used for improvisational discussion-openers in encounter, sensitivity, and counseling sessions, interaction demonstrations in psychology, social studies and speech communication, starters for creative writing projects, and exercises in value-clarification sessions. |
| Elementary Drama Curriculum Guide | 1985 | Alberta Education | Alberta Education | Contents: drama philosophy, goals and objectives of elementary drama, drama and the child, characteristics in child development in drama, the function of the teacher in drama, the function of the child in drama, program planning-teaching drama as a separate subject and as integrated program; suggested dramatic form sequence; skills, concepts and resources; evaluation. |
| Elementary Suggestions for Rehearsal Procedure | 1989 | Duerr, Edwin | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Contents: Rehearsal 1 - Play Reading and Discussion; Rehearsal 2 - Text and Sub-Text; Rehearsal 3 - Blocking Out; Rehearsal 4 - Rechecking Movement; Rehearsal 5 - Building Up; Rehearsal 6 - Climax Scenes; Rehearsal 7 - Pace and Volume; Rehearsal 8 - Lines; Rehearsal 9 - Characterization; Rehearsal 10 - Pre-view; Rehearsal 11 - Solidifying; Rehearsal 12 - Dress Rehearsal |
| Encore! Drama 9 | 1979 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Encore! Is divided into two sections. The Guide Section contains those elements which the Ministry, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 9. The Resource Section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. Also included is a great deal of exercise material |
| Encore! Drama And Theatre With Older Players | 1985 | O'Brien, Betty | O'Brien Resource Centre | This book will assist leaders open a dramatic door for all ages, with a special focus on senior citizens. It contains a wealth of practical information including objectives for the various exercises, program planning suggestions, and improvisation ideas. |
| Fables | 1983 | Lobel, Arnold | Harper Trophy | Collections of children's fables written and illustrated by Arnold Lobel. Level: Primary and Elementary. Excellent for story telling. Contents: The Crocodile in the Bedroom; The Ducks and the Fox; King Lion and the Beetle; The Lobster and the Crab; The Hen and the Apple Tree; The Baboon's Umbrella; The Frogs At The Rainbow's End; The Bear and the Crow; The Cat and His Visions; The Ostrich in Love; The Camel Dances; The Poor Old Dog; Madame Rhinoceros and her Dress; The Bad Kangaroo; The Pig at the Candy Store; The Elephant and His Son; The Pelican and the Crane; The Young Rooster; The Hippopotamus at Dinner; The Mouse at the Seashore. |
| Fifty Projects For Creative Dramatics | 1971 | Nobleman, Roberta | New Plays Incorporated | The teachers who tried out this handbook call it a "Recipe Book in Creative Drama" and that's exactly how you use it. Take the ingredients of a room full of children (from 5 to 12 in large or small groups), a space to work in, indoors or out, and your own enthusiastic leadership. This book tells you how to stir them into gleeful, engrossing, mind expanding sessions in creative dramatics. The major projects are written in lesson plan format including aim, introductory activity, development, and suggested audio-visual aids where appropriate. Section III ("Warm-Ups for Everyone") and VI ("One-Line Beginnings for Advanced Groups") are open ended, giving a provocative starting point your youngsters can carry as far as their imaginations will take them. The greatest value of this book is the stimulus it provides your creative imagination. Each project contains the germ of a dozen more. |
| Film Making: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Eduaction | Calgary Board of Eduaction | This unit can be divided into three modules: terminology, animation, and live action. Mini projects, which illustrate the concepts and skills, lead up to the major project of producing a film. |
| Frames of Mind: The Theory Of Multiple Intelligences | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Gardner challenges the widely held notion that intelligence is a single general capacity possessed by every individual to a greater or lesser extent. Amassing a wealth of evidence, Gardner posits the existence of a number of intelligences that ultimately yield a unique cognitive profile for each person. |
| Fun With Fiction | 1989 | Foster, Mary | Fearon Teacher Aids | Combine reading and writing to help kids understand story structure. Throw in creative projects, speaking, and discussion. Use children's books, kids' own stories, folktales, and even TV stories. It all adds up 18 activity based lessons (and 42 reproducible sheets) to help kids learn about character, plot, setting, action, climax, and theme. |
| Fun With Fiction | 1989 | Foster, Mary | Fearon Teacher Aids | Combine reading and writing to help kids understand story structure. Throw in creative projects, speaking, and discussion. Use children's books, kids' own stories, folktales, and even TV stories. It all adds up 18 activity based lessons (and 42 reproducible sheets) to help kids learn about character, plot, setting, action, climax, and theme. |
| Fundamentals Of Play Directing | 1989 | Carra, Lawrence/ Dean, Alexander | Holt Rienhart & Winston Inc | A comprehensive handbook for both new and experienced directors. The material is organized into six major divisions that present a step-by-step process of analysis that serves as a classroom teaching method in preparing the student (refers to anyone learning the skills of directing) to direct a play. Following two introductory chapters on the art of drama and the function of a director (Part One), the student is introduced to the basics (Part Two), three chapters on play analysis, basic technique for the actor, and the director's media that form an essential preparation for studying the five fundamentals of play directing (Part Three). The five fundamentals of composition, visualization, movement, rhythm, and pantomimic dramatization that make up the core of this text. With these as a foundation the student next studies the requirements and approaches in working with the actor (Part Four) including the processes involved in auditions and casting. The student should now be prepared to put all of this practice in directing that play (Part Five), from preliminaries through rehearsal to actual staging. The application of the principles of directing to theatre spaces other than proscenium-oriented stages and to other forms, such as musicals (Part Six), is another step in the process. The appendixes include a guide to the duties and responsibilities of the designers, production staff, and stage manager, as well as a series of exercises for body, voices, and emotion, to assist the beginning director in working with actors. |
| Games For Everyone | 1986 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers | Two hundred games to thrill, surprise, and amaze kids of all ages. Including old favorites as well as new imaginative games that will help students compete, cooperate, communicate and have fun. |
| Getting Assessment Right: Drama | 2004 | Russell, Steve | Directions Quality Resources for Educators | none |
| Getting Assessment Right: Drama | 2004 | Russell, Steve | Directions Quality Resources for Educators | none |
| Good Apple Guide To Creative Drama | 1981 | Foley, Kathy/ Lud, Mara/ Power, Carol | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 2-6 plus. Lesson plans include stories, poems, and reproducibles. Allows you to use drama effectively from easy small/whole group movement through dramatizations |
| Good Apple Guide To Creative Drama, The | 1981 | Foley, Kathy/ Lud, Mara/ Power, Carol | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 2-6 plus. Lesson plans include stories, poems, and reproducibles. Allows you to use drama effectively from easy small/whole group movement through dramatizations |
| Good Beginnings | 1988 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: preschool - Grade 2. The seven units focus on abstract thinking, recall, colour, shape, awareness, sequencing, phonics, listening, and verbal skills. These skills are incorporated into the activities which not only educate and entertain the restless child but increase life skill attainment. The contents allow the child to rehearse for performances on seven stages on which youngsters perform regularly: the family room, bedroom, kitchen, playground or backyard, in a vehicle, restaurant, and grocery store. The activities in this book give children the opportunity to interact creatively with the scenery and props on each of the seven stages, while at the same time to learn essential life and curricular skills. |
| Governance Works! | 2006 | Laskinm, Barbara | Meta4 Creative Communications Inc. | A guidebook of governance essentials. This book was developed for SaskCulture Inc. and Arts and Cultural Industries Association Manitoba with the support of the Department of Canadian Heritage. It was originally presented to participants at workshops in Saskatchewan and Manitoba in January 2006. It is intended to be a tool to help your organization understand and implement the fundamentals of governance. |
| Hamlet: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Prepared by the Shaw Festival, this study guide contains information on the play and the actors who have performed it. |
| Handbook of Scenery, Properties and Lighting (Vol.2) | 1995 | Sweet, Harvey | Allyn and Bacon | A guide to lighting design and implementation. From the psychology of colour and its impact on the audience, to creating effective lighting for plays and other theatrical productions, to the basics of electrical wiring and safety, the book provides a comprehensive overview of lighting for profession and educational productions. Chapters: Analysis (script, performance, production situation); Lighting Design; Systems of lighting design for the Proscenium and non-Proscenium Theatre; The Design Process etc. |
| Handbook Of The Theatre, A | 1964 | Crampton, Esme | W.J. Gage Limited | none |
| High School "Can Of Squirms" | 1992 | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | "Can of Squirms" is a simplified role-playing game conceived in a fun format to make it easy for players to say what they feel and feel what they say. It encourages peer-group teaching and involves spontaneous feeling and value priorities. Each version of the game is designed for a specific age level or dialogue objective. Adaptable to one-on-one situations or group sessions. Can be used for improvisational discussion-openers in encounter, sensitivity, and counseling sessions; interactions demonstrations in psychology, social studies, and speech communication classes, starters for creative writing projects; exercises in value-clarification sessions. |
| Historical Drama: The Relation Of Literature and Reality | 1975 | Lindenberger, Herbert | University of Chicago Press | Lindenberger analyzes a large and significant area within Western Literature: the ways in which dramatists and their audiences from the Middle Ages to the present have perceived history and the individual's relationship to historical events. Combining a strong theoretical perspective with original insights into major dramatists such as Shakespeare, Corneille, Racine, Schiller, and Brecht, the book is organized around a series of problem s suggested by the great historical plays themselves. |
| Hodgeville: Division I & II Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All students are citizens of the hamlet Hodgeville. The Post Master, Mr. Appleby, has been transferred. The government has sent an efficient and trained Mr. Whimple as his replacement. A town crisis has erupted out of the changes (real or perceived) Mr. Whimple has made to the Post Office. | |
| Hodgeville: Division I & II Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All students are citizens of the hamlet Hodgeville. The Post Master, Mr. Appleby, has been transferred. The government has sent an efficient and trained Mr. Whimple as his replacement. A town crisis has erupted out of the changes (real or perceived) Mr. Whimple has made to the Post Office. | |
| Honouring Diversity in the Classroom: Series #1 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Challenges and Reflections |
| Hooked on Drama: The Theory And Practice Of Drama In Early Childhood | 1992 | Warren, Kathleen | Macquarie University | Level: Preschool to Grade 3. An Australian specialist acknowledges the direction and experience of Dorothy Heathcote and her followers around the world in this compilation of observations and exercises for the preschooler through to eight-year-old school children. Contents: Subject, Role, and Power; Managing a Drama Experience; Drama for Two-Year-Olds; Drama in the Preschool; Drama Plans for Preschool Children; The First Years of School; Drama Plans for Children in the Early School Years Ages Five to Eight; The Superheroes; Some Suggestions. |
| Hooked on Drama: The Theory And Practice Of Drama In Early Childhood | 1992 | Warrren, Kathleen | Macquarie University | Level: Preschool to Grade 3. An Australian specialist acknowledges the direction and experience of Dorothy Heathcote and her followers around the world in this compilation of observations and exercises for the preschooler through to eight-year-old school children. Contents: Subject, Role, and Power; Managing a Drama Experience; Drama for Two-Year-Olds; Drama in the Preschool; Drama Plans for Preschool Children; The First Years of School; Drama Plans for Children in the Early School Years Ages Five to Eight; The Superheroes; Some Suggestions. |
| How To Direct The High School Play | 1978 | Miller, Leon | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Contents: Selecting The Play; Casting The Play; Rehearsal; Interpretation and Characterization; Blocking The Play; Technical Organization; Projection; Dress Rehearsals; The Performance; After Glow; Appendix. |
| How To Produce A Better School Play | 1983 | Brown Spalding, Sharon | J. Weston Walch | Part 1 - Assessing Your Resources, Part 2 - Researching the Play, Part 3 - Putting the Play Onstage - Planning a budget to make sure the sequins are just right on a fanciful creation |
| How To Produce A Video | 1988 | Kondzielewski, Martin | Saskatchewan Drama Association | This manual contains the major elements of video production |
| How To Produce The Play: The Complete Production Handbook | 1977 | Young, John Wray/ Mary, Margaret | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Contents: How to Organize The Backstage; The Technical Preparation; How To Design The Setting; How to Build the Setting; How to Colour the Setting; Properties; Furniture; Sound Effects; How to Costume the Play; Make-Up; How to Light the Play; The Language of Theatre. |
| Improve With Improv! A Guide To Improvisation And Character Development | 1993 | Jones, Brie | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | This book is a complete Improv curriculum program divided into 20 class-length workshops. Each workshop contains carefully selected exercises designed to help students focus on one aspect of a character's personality. Student's learn how to create characters through solo and ensemble pantomime, physicalization, vocal techniques, props, and more. Also includes class syllabus and guidelines, character outline sheet, character examples and a reading list. |
| Improvisation Starters | 1992 | Bernardi, Philip | Betterway Books | A collection of 900 Improv situations for the theatre. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Situations to act out, how to create drama from children's ideas, building scripts from a story - plus many more ideas. |
| Improvisation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Each of the three units can be taught separately or they can be used sequentially. The Grade 7 unit covers the following improvisational skills: spontaneity, control, concentration, plot structure, yielding and cooperation. The Grade 8 unit also cover these areas but uses different exercises and activities. In addition, the grade eight unit deals with overloads. Likewise, the Grade 9 unit covers all the areas the Grade 8 unit did using different activities and adding status and preliminary mask work. |
| Improvisation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Each of the three units can be taught separately or they can be used sequentially. The Grade 7 unit covers the following improvisational skills: spontaneity, control, concentration, plot structure, yielding and cooperation. The Grade 8 unit also cover these areas but uses different exercises and activities. In addition, the grade eight unit deals with overloads. Likewise, the Grade 9 unit covers all the areas the Grade 8 unit did using different activities and adding status and preliminary mask work. |
| Improvisation: Learning Through Drama | 1985 | Booth, David and Lundy, Charles | Academic Press | This valuable teaching aid is divided into five sections. Section A: getting prepared for drama. Section B: preparing the whole group for the drama process. These two sections are filled with theatre games and activities. Section C: the differences between playing oneself and playing a role. Section D: crosses into drama itself. The last part of the book, "Drama Projects", offers suggestions for exploring the performance aspects of theatre. |
| Improvisation: Learning Through Drama | 1985 | Booth, David and Lundy, Charles | Academic Press | This valuable teaching aid is divided into five sections. Section A: getting prepared for drama. Section B: preparing the whole group for the drama process. These two sections are filled with theatre games and activities. Section C: the differences between playing oneself and playing a role. Section D: crosses into drama itself. The last part of the book, "Drama Projects", offers suggestions for exploring the performance aspects of theatre. |
| Improvisations In Creative Drama | 1988 | Keller, Betty | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Dramatic sketches for student actors. Students will learn both improvisational and structured drama by using the sequential workshops and plays included in the lesson plans in this book. Fourteen dramatic sketches that can be done in the classroom allow the students to apply the basic they have learned. A class of 25-30 students can all participate simultaneously. A basic text for improvisational and structured drama. Recommended as an introduction to the fundamentals of sound and music, poetry and imagination, and play acting on stage. An especially helpful guide to group activities with beginning actors of all ages. |
| Improvisations In Creative Drama | 1988 | Keller, Betty | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | Dramatic sketches for student actors. Students will learn both improvisational and structured drama by using the sequential workshops and plays included in the lesson plans in this book. Fourteen dramatic sketches that can be done in the classroom allow the students to apply the basic they have learned. A class of 25-30 students can all participate simultaneously. A basic text for improvisational and structured drama. Recommended as an introduction to the fundamentals of sound and music, poetry and imagination, and play acting on stage. An especially helpful guide to group activities with beginning actors of all ages. |
| In Character | 1992 | Ed: Siamon, Jeff | Nelson Canada | This anthology's 15 varied plays and excerpts from plays are suitable for use by drama teachers. Brief background explanations are provided for three of the plays in an effort to focus on the elements of character, plot, and setting. Included are "Words On A Page" by Daniel Moses, "Monologues For Teenagers" by Ralph Karshner and an excerpt from "Paper Wheat" from the 25th Street Theatre. |
| In Role: Teaching And Learning Dramatically | 1994 | Verriour, Patrick | Pippin Publishing Limited | Contents: Planning Dramatically; Playing Dramatically; Teaching Dramatically; Thinking Dramatically; Playing Dramatically; Integrating Learning Dramatically. |
| In The Driver's Seat | 1990 | Spry, Lib | Health And Welfare Canada | A manual and video tape providing a practical guide to creating a theatre forum on drinking and driving. Chapters: Exploration; Discovering the Common Problems; Building the Play's Structure; Scripting the Play; Rehearsing the Play; The Performance; Follow Up. Also contains the script for In The Driver's Seat as well as contacts and resources. |
| In The Driver's Seat: Video | 1990 | Spry, Lib | Health And Welfare Canada | Look: In The Driver's Seat |
| Indian Storyteller's Kit - Suggestions For t=The Storyteller | 1972 | Contemporary Drama Service | The companion guide for the Indian Storyteller's Kit (available in our library). | |
| Interpretation: Working With Scripts | 1983 | Booth, David/ Lundy, Charles | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This book is about interpreting scripts, about bringing life to words written by a playwright. Interpretation is a learning process which starts when you begin to explore a script for meaning. Throughout this book opportunities are presented to play the role of playwright, performer, director, and audience. This book is divided into three sections: Section A - Theatre Scripts - examines and analyzes scripts, interprets character. Section B - Alternative Scripts - explores various dramatic techniques for creating scripts from poems, articles, and cartoons. Section C - The Cycle of Theatre - explores scripts from the past, present, and future. Each section begins with an explanatory "Introduction" and is divided into chapters. At the end of most chapters is a "Workshop" that provided activities related to the overall theme of the chapter. Since the scripts in this book are connected through themes of theatre, the sections can be explored in any order, and the chapter completed in any sequence. |
| Interpretation: Working With Scripts | 1983 | Booth, David/ Lundy, Charles | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This book is about interpreting scripts, about bringing life to words written by a playwright. Interpretation is a learning process which starts when you begin to explore a script for meaning. Throughout this book opportunities are presented to play the role of playwright, performer, director, and audience. This book is divided into three sections: Section A - Theatre Scripts - examines and analyzes scripts, interprets character. Section B - Alternative Scripts - explores various dramatic techniques for creating scripts from poems, articles, and cartoons. Section C - The Cycle of Theatre - explores scripts from the past, present, and future. Each section begins with an explanatory "Introduction" and is divided into chapters. At the end of most chapters is a "Workshop" that provided activities related to the overall theme of the chapter. Since the scripts in this book are connected through themes of theatre, the sections can be explored in any order, and the chapter completed in any sequence. |
| Introductory Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Drama games and activities used in orientation classes (control games, relaxation exercises, observation and listening skills, development games and exercises. |
| Jumbo Book of Drama, The | 2004 | Dunleavy, Deborah | Kids Can Press | |
| Drama In The Secondary School - Junior High Introductory Handbook | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Assists the teacher in planning lessons, units, and programs and covers philosophy, objectives, facilities, equipment, supplies, production, clubs, evaluation and workshop/conference suggestions pertinent to Drama. Many helpful hints for a smooth running program have been included. |
| Just A Minute | 1990 | Watts, Irene | Pembroke Publishers | Ten short plays and activities with rehearsal strategies to accompany multicultural stories from around the world. Level: ages 10-15. Playing time 5 minutes each play. These plays have been created specifically for classroom use and teachers may freely reproduce plays for use with students. Practical activities include strategies for oral language from breathing exercises, brainstorming, and imaginary language, to drama as a multicultural celebration. Contents: Drama and Multiculturalism in the Classroom; Good Neighbors (Russia); The Pied Piper of Hamelin (United Kingdom); The Party (Thailand); Earth, Fire, and Water (China); The Talking Fish (Germany); The Enchanted Spring (Eastern Europe - Jewish); The Magic Sieve (Japan); The Blind Hunter (Canada - Inuit); Sungold (India- Punjabi); The Captive Moon (Scotland). Canadian Author. |
| Art Book, The | 1980 | Milburn, Pat | Unpublished | This resource book is intended for elementary teachers with no special training in art. It is a informative and practical resource. |
| I Can Feel The Rhythm | 2007 | Gilpin, Greg | Shawnee Press, Inc. | This collection contains 8 chorals that are fun to learn, interesting to teach and entertaining for both performers and listeners. This resource meets National Standards (US) for music education: 1. singing, along and with others, a varied repetoire of music, 2. performing on instruments, alone and with others, a varied repetroire of music, 3. reading adn notating music, 4. listening to, analyzing and describing music, and 5. evaluating music and music performances. |
| Clown Hits And Skits | 2010 | Strelak, Richard and Sherman, Marty | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | A production-tested repertoire of sure-fire clown skits. Five different style of sketches are included--classic, gags, dumb magic, tricks, caught-in-the-act and skits with props. The packet includes twenty skits with prop diagrams and a section on "How to Write Your Own Clown Skits." |
| Clown Skits For Everyone | 1991 | Feder, Jack | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | This book is a handy aid for anyone and everyone who is ever in need of clown performance material or bits of advice on how to perform. This book contains dozens of fully scripted skits designed to be used by one or two clowns. |
| Drama Recipe Book 2 | 1996 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | This resource is divided into three main sections: Entrees (used at the beginning and during the early part of class), Main Courses (used to form the core of the class) and Afters (used to bring the class to a conclusion). The activities are set out in a simple step by step format that includes running time, its purpose and use and degree of diffiulty. All are suitable for all ages. |
| Kids On Stage (Handbook) | 1994 | Jacobson, John | Hal Leonard Corporation | This practical guide (and video) will make a stage of just your gym floor, with dozens of helpful photos and step-by-step approaches. The techniques come alive on the video with Jacobson and a sixth grade group, as they learn how to project their lines and communicate with an audience. Topics include: basic stage terminology, blocking, stage projection, stage movement, microphone use, self confidence, sound system tips and more. |
| Kids On Stage (Video Tape) | 1994 | Jacobson, John | Hal Leonard Corporation | Look: Kids on Stage (Handbook) |
| Learning to Live, Living To Learn: Perspectives On Arts Education In Canada | 2005 | UNESCO, August 2005 | Preliminary report on Consultations conducted by the Canadian Commmission for UNESCO. | |
| Let's Pretend | 1987 | Chirinian, Helene | Price/Stern/Sloan | Short plays parents and children can do together. Each play is accompnaied by educational enrichement ideas and suggestions for simple props. Helps children develop self-esteem and self-confidence. |
| EDTA Canada Conference - New Drama Activities - 2021 | 2021 | Dahl, Janea (Edited by) | Drama Notebook | New drama actitivies plus Facial Expression Tips. More information is available at http://www.dramanotebook.com |
| Who Does What Back Stage? | N/A | Anonymous | Unpublished | A series of "Techie Proverbs". |
| Living Powers: The Arts In Education | 1987 | Ed: Abbs, Peter | The Falmer Press | Contents: Confronting The Crisis In The Arts; The Arts in Education; Their Collective History and Their Future Development; Into The Future. |
| Make Music | 1967 | Addison, Richard | Holmes McDougall Limited | A book of musical experiments for young people, introducing them to music with instruments, rhythm, songs, composing, scales, and other aspects of music. |
| Make-Up Workshop Teacher's Guide, The | 1988 | Theatre Video Series | DVC Inc | none |
| Make-Up Workshop Video, The | 1988 | Theatre Video Series | DVC Inc | 104 minutes |
| Making Stories | 1992 | Watt, Irene N | Pembroke Publishers | Intriguing ideas for using the story circle to help students create, build, and dramatize their own stories. Using materials that are readily available, children learn to collaborate as they explore all forms of communication. Students will learn how to discover stories in the news, how to use letters as stories, how to uncover stories through updating folktales and many other valuable techniques. |
| Mime Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6. Lesson Plans |
| Mime Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6. Lesson Plans |
| Mime Handbook: Illusions Made Easy | 1989 | Lynn, J | Contents: Forward inclinations; rear inclinations; side inclinations; rotations; transtations of the head; transtations of the chest; the lean; the sit with a lean (masculine); the sit with a lean (feminine); the wall illusion; the wall illusion (moving self); walk #1; walk #2; moon walk; pulling a rope; glossary and the sections of the body. | |
| Mime: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This two-part unit deals with classical and contemporary mime. The lessons are sequential and both sections lead to the development of mimed sketched for performance. |
| Mime: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This two-part unit deals with classical and contemporary mime. The lessons are sequential and both sections lead to the development of mimed sketched for performance. |
| Mina's Guide to Minue Taking | 2004 | Mina, Eli | Eli Mina Consulting | |
| Mischief Makers | 1994 | Swortzell, Lowell | New Plays Incorporated | A Comedy for Three Actors. About the World's best loved Tricksters, Rascals and Rogues. With a Multicultural Study Guide by Nancy Swotzell. Warm ups, Storytelling, Group Writing. |
| Monologue, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit provides eight lessons that guide the student through understanding what a monologue is, to writing and producing one. |
| Monsters: Primary, Grades 1 & 2 Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All the children are monsters in a small village. The will define their culture (limited) and deal with the conflicts of not being accepted and/or feared by the rest of the world. | |
| Monsters: Primary, Grades 1 & 2 Role Drama | Falk, George | Saskatchewan Drama Association | All the children are monsters in a small village. The will define their culture (limited) and deal with the conflicts of not being accepted and/or feared by the rest of the world. | |
| Movement Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-3. Lesson plans for folk dances arranged in developmental sequence. |
| Movement: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Grades 1-6 with tested lesson plans |
| Movement: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The "Get Up And Dance! I Can't! Yes, You Can!" booklet. this unit covers beginning lessons in movement and dance and will provide a means of taking movement work to a presentational level. It is divided into three five-lesson sections: free movement, dramatic movement, and choreographed movement. |
| Movement: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The "Get Up And Dance! I Can't! Yes, You Can!" booklet. this unit covers beginning lessons in movement and dance and will provide a means of taking movement work to a presentational level. It is divided into three five-lesson sections: free movement, dramatic movement, and choreographed movement. |
| Multicultural Connections | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This series of lessons works through a process to assist students in examining some of the issues faced in our multicultural society. |
| Multicultural Connections: Diversity In The Classroom Series #2 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Exploring Strategies and Issues |
| Multiple Intelligences: The Theory In Practice | 1993 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Contents: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences; Educating the Intelligences; Assessment and Beyond; The Components of An MI Education; The Future of Work on Multiple Intelligences. |
| Musical Theatre: Curriculum And Unit | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Integrated studies in dance, drama, and vocal music are outlined in this unit. The work is geared towards students with a special interest in performance. |
| New Improvisation, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This is a new resource designed specifically to meet the requirements of the improvisation/acting discipline of the curriculum. It is divided into beginning, intermediate, and advanced levels, but teachers are encouraged to use and adapt as they like to match their teaching style and students. |
| New Improvisation, The | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This is a new resource designed specifically to meet the requirements of the improvisation/acting discipline of the curriculum. It is divided into beginning, intermediate, and advanced levels, but teachers are encouraged to use and adapt as they like to match their teaching style and students. |
| Not Like Us | 1975 | MacKenzie, Daivd | Ideas, questions, and activities based on the play. The story has many different themes and concerns within its structure. Basically it is an adventure story. On another level it is about the qualities and relationship of the elements; about getting along with people who have different qualities than we have and learning to work with them. | |
| Offstage: Elementary Education Through Drama | 1983 | Tarlington, Carol/ Verriour, Patrick | Oxford University Press | Contents: Name games, circle group, vocal and mime exercises, movement, role drama, performance. |
| On Cue 1 | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This anthology is an excellent collection of plays, encompassing stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play, chosen for their relevance and appeal to grades 9 and 10 students. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Six of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Highly recommended for Drama 10 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre study unit. Plays: Esso, Words on a Page, The Tender Branch, Icetime, A Marriage Proposal, The Miracle Worker, The Veldt, A Storm in Summer, The Dream and the Triumph, The Hangashore, Letters, Doors. |
| On Cue 1 | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This anthology is an excellent collection of plays, encompassing stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play, chosen for their relevance and appeal to grades 9 and 10 students. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Six of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Highly recommended for Drama 10 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre study unit. Plays: Esso, Words on a Page, The Tender Branch, Icetime, A Marriage Proposal, The Miracle Worker, The Veldt, A Storm in Summer, The Dream and the Triumph, The Hangashore, Letters, Doors. |
| On Cue 1: Teacher's Guide | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 1: Teacher's Guide | 1990 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 2 | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This is an excellent collection of 12 stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play. Level: Grades 10-12. Recommended for Drama 20 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre studies unit. Five of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Selections from this resource have been listed for use in English Language Arts at the secondary level. Plays: How I Met My Husband, In a Room Somewhere, Last to Go, In the Mall, Billy Bishop Goes To War, A Little Something for the Ducks, In the Fall, A Separate Peace, Salt-Water Moon, War of the Worlds, Jack of Hearts, Advice to the Players. |
| On Cue 2 | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | This is an excellent collection of 12 stage plays, teleplays, and a radio play. Level: Grades 10-12. Recommended for Drama 20 courses that include response to dramatic literature as a component of their theatre studies unit. Five of the twelve scripts have been written by Canadians. Each play is supported by a brief introduction and activities for pre-reading and post-reading. Selections from this resource have been listed for use in English Language Arts at the secondary level. Plays: How I Met My Husband, In a Room Somewhere, Last to Go, In the Mall, Billy Bishop Goes To War, A Little Something for the Ducks, In the Fall, A Separate Peace, Salt-Water Moon, War of the Worlds, Jack of Hearts, Advice to the Players. |
| On Cue 2: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Cue 2: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Eaton, Diane F | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich | The teacher's guide provide a detailed and practical guide for presenting each play and using the suggested activities. It recommends use of a broad range of active learning strategies, many of which complement those advocated in the Drama 10, 20, 30 curriculum document. |
| On Stage: Drama 10 | 1979 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | On Stage is divided into two sections. The Guide section contains those elements which the B.C. Ministry of Education, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 10. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. It also includes exercise material designed to assist the teacher. |
| On Stage: Drama 10 | 1979 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | On Stage is divided into two sections. The Guide section contains those elements which the B.C. Ministry of Education, in 1979, prescribed for Drama 10. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, resource books, equipment and supplies. It also includes exercise material designed to assist the teacher. |
| One Hundred Plus Ideas For Drama | 1988 | Scher, Anna/ Varrall, Charles | Heinemann Eduactional Books | A multitude of ideas for drama teachers. Contents: Games, Spoken Word; Warm-Ups; Mime and Movement; Characters; Improvised Plays and Technique. |
| Orientation Jr. High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Orientation Jr. High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Orientation: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit contains eleven lessons which prepare the students for drama by developing basic attitudes, behaviors, and knowledge they will use in subsequent drama units or activities. |
| Performance One: Acting 11 | 1989 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This book is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and The Resources section. The Guide contains those elements officially prescribed by the Ministry for the Senior Theatre Program in general and for Acting 11 in particular. This section included: the philosophy, goals, and structure of the Theatre Program; it also includes the goals, learning outcomes, and organization o the Acting 11 course. The Resources section contains recommendations and teaching suggestions for evaluation, class control, resource books, equipment, and supplies. In particular, it includes a great deal of exercise material designed to assist the teacher in accomplishing the learning outcomes defined in the Guide section of this book. |
| Performance One: Acting 11 | 1989 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This book is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and The Resources section. The Guide contains those elements officially prescribed by the Ministry for the Senior Theatre Program in general and for Acting 11 in particular. This section included: the philosophy, goals, and structure of the Theatre Program; it also includes the goals, learning outcomes, and organization o the Acting 11 course. The Resources section contains recommendations and teaching suggestions for evaluation, class control, resource books, equipment, and supplies. In particular, it includes a great deal of exercise material designed to assist the teacher in accomplishing the learning outcomes defined in the Guide section of this book. |
| Performance Two: Acting 12 | 1983 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and the Resources section. the Guide contains elements selected in 1983 by the B.C, Ministry of Education for the Acting 12 course. The Resources section covers skills in acting and styles of acting. Included are many teaching suggestions, in particular exercise material and sample scenes. |
| Performance Two: Acting 12 | 1983 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections: The Curriculum Guide section and the Resources section. the Guide contains elements selected in 1983 by the B.C, Ministry of Education for the Acting 12 course. The Resources section covers skills in acting and styles of acting. Included are many teaching suggestions, in particular exercise material and sample scenes. |
| Phantom Of The Opera: Teacher's Guide | 1989 | Live Entertainment Corporation of Canada | Live Entertainment Corporation of Canada | A complete resource kit containing cross-curricular activities: English, Music, Dramatic Arts, Business and Marketing, Computer Studies, Technological Studies, and Pantages Theatre Information |
| Pipeline | 1975 | Holt, Jackie and Mahoney, Patricia | Teacher's guide to the collective. The story of Chloe, a teenage Inuit girl dealing with the political and environmental problems of the pipeline itself. The story and characters are fictional although the play is based on research into the responses to the Berger Inquiry. Many of the lines in the play were spoken by individuals who appeared before Judge Berger. | |
| Planet Nardo - Space Community | 1987 | Burke, M. R. and Malczewski, C. L. | A role drama for grades two to three. Designed for teachers who would like to do drama in their classroom but don't know how. This unit of seven lessons will allow children to explore, through drama, the expectations that 'space settlers' might have of 'space communities' and to find out how their experiences in preparation for living in such a community might match their expectations. It included a variety of activities: e.g. Language Arts; Drawing; Music and Movement; Role-playing; Dramatic Playing; as well as co-operative learning and higher-level thinking. At the end of the drama the children will understand the difference between expectations, needs, and realization of a community and it's people. Each lesson is clearly set out, requiring no materials not found din a classroom: all the teacher has to do is follow it. | |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning A Contextual Drama | 2004 | Lang, Dr. Linda | Unpublished | Steps, Tips, and suggestions for creating a contextual drama unit based on a specific source. Worksheets included. |
| Planning Together: Diversity In The Classroom Series #4 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Positive Classroom Environments |
| Play Directing In The School | 1997 | Grote, David | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | Directing plays in schools is far different than directing for community or professional theatre. This invaluable text effectively details and explains the world of producing plays in the school environment. In ten comprehensive chapters we are provided with ideas for consistently successful shows? while avoiding the pitfalls and the problems that often block the way. |
| Play, Drama And Thought | 1989 | Courtney, Richard | Simon and Pierre | Contents: Play, Drama & Educational Thought; Play, Drama & Psychology; Play , Drama, & Society; Drama, Mind, and Society. From selecting of the script to casting to rehearsals to building your theatre program, Grote supplies the key to opening the curtain to successful productions. Whether it's budgeting, scheduling, or the motivating and management of students, this book is a must for anyone directing in an educational institution. |
| Playbuilding: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit shows three possible approaches a teacher could take in order to develop an original play. The first method shows the teacher how to utilize a written source as a basis for drama; the second develops a play from the idea that all students are characters in the same town; and the third approach (the least structured) starts the playbuilding process by asking the students, "What do you want to make a play about?" |
| Playbuilding: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit shows three possible approaches a teacher could take in order to develop an original play. The first method shows the teacher how to utilize a written source as a basis for drama; the second develops a play from the idea that all students are characters in the same town; and the third approach (the least structured) starts the playbuilding process by asking the students, "What do you want to make a play about?" |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps to the One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps to the One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Playwright's Handbook: 7 Easy Steps To The One Act Play, A | Tahn, Andras | Workshop | By completing the step by step activities that are contained in the handout you will have lots of fun and you will even find the activities entertaining | |
| Practical Primary Drama | 1983 | Davies, Geoff | Heinemann Educational Books | Designed for teachers with little or no experience, this book has many useful suggestions on how to prepare and conduct drama sessions; the difficulty of doing drama in a hall or classroom and ideas for lessons are discussed. While adhering to the latest and most up to date thinking on the value of drama in the education of young people, the emphasis in this book is entirely practical and deals with the 'how' and not the 'why' of drama and should prove to be a valuable handbook for drama teachers. |
| Practical Primary Drama | 1983 | Davies, Geoff | Heinemann Educational Books | Designed for teachers with little or no experience, this book has many useful suggestions on how to prepare and conduct drama sessions; the difficulty of doing drama in a hall or classroom and ideas for lessons are discussed. While adhering to the latest and most up to date thinking on the value of drama in the education of young people, the emphasis in this book is entirely practical and deals with the 'how' and not the 'why' of drama and should prove to be a valuable handbook for drama teachers. |
| Professional Theatre For Young Audiences, V.III | 1988 | Arizona State University Department of Theatre | Arizona State University | This volume provides information to presenters, performing groups, and students of the filed about many of the companies producing work for children's theatre. Most of the companies also provide study guides for teachers or parents to use as either preparation for witnessing the performance or to provide ideas for follow-up discussions and/or activities. |
| Prologue Drama 8: Secondary Curriculum Guide & Resource | 1990 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Prologue contains two different types of material. The Guide section contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1977, prescribed essential to the drama program. In addition, three resource sections are included: "Lesson Ideas;" "Evaluation;" and "Additional Resource". These sections contain suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, equipment and supplies, recommended print material and much more. |
| Prologue Drama 8: Secondary Curriculum Guide & Resource | 1990 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | Prologue contains two different types of material. The Guide section contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1977, prescribed essential to the drama program. In addition, three resource sections are included: "Lesson Ideas;" "Evaluation;" and "Additional Resource". These sections contain suggestions for teaching, evaluating, class control, equipment and supplies, recommended print material and much more. |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Prompt Book Workshop, The | 1999 | Bigayan, Michael | A complete Promtbook, Teacher's and Student's guide to workshop. Overheads & Handouts included | |
| Public Nuisance, A | 1988 | Brookes, Chris | Memorail University | Contents: A history of Newfoundland's Mummer's troupe, a company who developed and performed collective creations across Newfoundland during the seventies and early eighties. A moving, humorous and fast-paced read for those interested in Canadian theatre. |
| Puppetry Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Shadow, paper bag, finger, rod, vegetable, junk and glove puppets. How to construct and use puppets for the classroom |
| Puppetry Handbook: Elementary | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Shadow, paper bag, finger, rod, vegetable, junk and glove puppets. How to construct and use puppets for the classroom |
| Putting on the School Play: A Complete Handbook | 1980 | Holtje, Adrienne/ Mayr, Grace | Parker Publishing | Ideas on coaching methods, costume and stage design, lighting and special effects. Discusses casting, lighting, costuming, making props, and producing your play on a tight budget. |
| Radio Play, The | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit is divided into two sections, the first part of which teaches the skills necessary to create a radio play, while the second directs the students to apply their knowledge in a project format. |
| Radio Techniques | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook deals with the use of radio equipment, speech techniques for radio, marking copy, narration, interviews, announcing and programming. Various radio projects are discussed. |
| Re-Cognizing Richard Courtney | 1988 | Booth, David and Martin-Smith, Alistair | Pembroke Publishers Limited | The work of Richard Courtney is gathered in the guide. It offers a glimpse into his career in drama in education |
| Renown At Stratford | 1953 | Davies, Robertson, Guthriel, Tyrone and MacDonald, Grant | Clarke, Irwin & Company | A record of Stratford's 1953 Shakespeare Festival. |
| Resources for Dramatic Play | 1989 | Brokering, Lois | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Preschool and Kindergarten. This book provides 2 play themes including a list of props, costume suggestions and patterns, scenery ideas, play possibilities and preparation tips. |
| Resources for Dramatic Play | 1989 | Brokering, Lois | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Preschool and Kindergarten. This book provides 2 play themes including a list of props, costume suggestions and patterns, scenery ideas, play possibilities and preparation tips. |
| Robert's Rules for Dummies | 2005 | C. Alan Jennings | Wiley Publishing, Inc. | |
| Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised 10th Edition | 2000 | Robert III, Henry M., Evans, William, J., Honemann, Daniel H., Balch, Thomas J. (Editors) | Perseus Publishing | |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole and Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole and Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Drama | 1991 | Tarlington, Carole/ Verrious, Patrick | Pembroke Publishers | In this practical handbook teachers will discover what role drama is and how it can work successfully in their classroom. A simple framework for working in role is suggested including guidelines for planning and finding appropriate sources for exciting classroom drama. Designed to explore the fascinating human dimension of drama, "Role Drama" will help teachers empower students to make decisions, consider the consequences of their actions and appreciate the moral dilemmas that are common to us all. Contents: What is Role Drama; Planning Your Own Role Dramas; Creating Your Own Story; Folktale Source - "Rumpelstiltskin"; Folktale Source - "The Pied Piper"; Evaluation; Annotated Bibliography. Canadian Author |
| Role Play | 1987 | Ladousse, Gillian Porter | Oxfor University Press | The books moves from closely-controlled, teacher-directed role play activities through to fully-fledged simulations devised and written by the students themselves. It brings together into one collection an enormous range of activities for teachers at all levels to draw upon and to build upon. |
| Safety Guidelines For The Live Performance Industry In Ontario | 1997 | Ministry of Labour Ontario | Guidelines for a safe performance. Including cleaning, set, props and special effects. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education Curr: Grade 1 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education Gr. 4 & 5 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Saskatchewan Arts Education: Gr. 2 &3 | Saskatchewan Education | Saskatchewan Education | Dance, drama, music and visual art. | |
| Scene Study: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit demonstrates one way of making smooth and sequential transition from Improvisation to script. A theme is chosen and then explored through improvisation, monologues, scene work and play performance |
| Scene Study: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit demonstrates one way of making smooth and sequential transition from Improvisation to script. A theme is chosen and then explored through improvisation, monologues, scene work and play performance |
| Scene Writing & Performance | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Level: Grade 9. Enables students to make use of improvisation skills which they have used in the past and to use their creative abilities within a pre-set boundary - the script itself. The student will then have the opportunity to polish their work as a performance project. the unit works from the level of "the idea" to the polished final performance. The processes in the unit draw from skills in several of the disciplines. The theme of your unit could deal with serious issues i.e. family problems, social issues, peer pressure, the world at work. |
| Scene Writing & Performance | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Level: Grade 9. Enables students to make use of improvisation skills which they have used in the past and to use their creative abilities within a pre-set boundary - the script itself. The student will then have the opportunity to polish their work as a performance project. the unit works from the level of "the idea" to the polished final performance. The processes in the unit draw from skills in several of the disciplines. The theme of your unit could deal with serious issues i.e. family problems, social issues, peer pressure, the world at work. |
| Scenes, An Exploration: Junior High | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Part one of this unit is teacher directed using demonstrations, discussions, and group work as a basis for learning the skills. Part Two is partner/small group work. Student selection of scenes is important in this section. When students are making their own choices they have ownership and interest in the project. Their independent preparation of the scenes should apply skills from the improvisation/acting discipline. Scripts produced by students in the Scene Writing and Performance unit are provided for use with this scene study unit. |
| School Plus A Vision for Children and Youth | 2001 | Tymchak, Dr. M./ SIDRU | Governement of Saskatchewan | Toward a New School, Community and Human Service Partnership in Saskatchewan. Task Force & Public Dialogue on the Role of the School. Final Report to the Minister of Education Government of Saskatchewan |
| See Saw: Study Guide | 2005 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Synopsis of play included. Preparing for the play included. Suggested activities for Standards of Writing and Social Responsibility and the Language Arts, Social Studies, and Fine Arts Curriculum for Grades K-3, 4-5, and 6-7. |
| See Saw: Study Guide | 2005 | B.C. Ministry of Education | B.C. Ministry of Education | Preparing for the play included. Suggested activities for Standards of Writing and Social Responsibility and the Language Arts, Social Studies, and Fine Arts Curriculum for Grades K-3, 4-5, and 6-7. |
| Set Design: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The unit provides for the learning of terminology, functions of the designer, stage and set types, scale and ground plans. The concepts are kept at a basic level and are reinforced with numerous activities and mini-projects throughout. The final project allows the students, working from a script, to design and construct a set model. The lessons take into consideration the level and ability of the students and the restrictions of budget, space and time in the junior high school. |
| Set Design: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | The unit provides for the learning of terminology, functions of the designer, stage and set types, scale and ground plans. The concepts are kept at a basic level and are reinforced with numerous activities and mini-projects throughout. The final project allows the students, working from a script, to design and construct a set model. The lessons take into consideration the level and ability of the students and the restrictions of budget, space and time in the junior high school. |
| Seven Ages of Theatre, The | 1963 | Southern, Richard | Hill & Wang | Presents the pageant of theatre history in terms of its phases - rather than dated periods. The seven phases are: The Costumes Player; Great Religious Festivals; The Rise of Professional Playing; The Organized Stage; The Roofed Playhouse with Scenery; Illusion; Anti-Illusion. |
| Seven Ages of Theatre, The | 1963 | Southern, Richard | Hill & Wang | Presents the pageant of theatre history in terms of its phases - rather than dated periods. The seven phases are: The Costumes Player; Great Religious Festivals; The Rise of Professional Playing; The Organized Stage; The Roofed Playhouse with Scenery; Illusion; Anti-Illusion. |
| Shows on a Shoestring | 1979 | McCaslin, Nellie | New Plays Incorporated | A young people's guide to simple productions. Nellie McCaslin provides a 'how-to' guide that takes students through the entire process from planning to production. As she leads the reader through a diversity of entertainments that range from pet and hobby shows to story-telling and street theatre, she outlines the process and pitfalls involved with simplicity and clarity and a wealth of practical information. Contains illustrated photographs. |
| Simplefied Make-Up | 1939 | Stahl, Leroy | Heuer Publishing | How to make simple facial make-up changes for the Stage |
| Small Stage Sets on Tour | 1987 | Miller, James Hull | Contemporary Drama Service | This book contains Miller's fifty years of experience in the design, construction, and application of portable stage sets. Dozens of actual sets and how to build them are included. Also examines various types of theatres and other playing spaces encountered in traveling productions. Sample chapters include: folding screens, walls, steps and platforms, stagecraft in schools, theatre designs and the Proscenium Theatre. Miller recounts many of his backstage experiences and discusses the theory taught in his Art Lab. An indispensable resource for stage crews and theatre students. |
| Source Book in Theatrical History, A | 1952 | Nagler, A.M. | Dover Publicaions | none |
| Speech Handbook: Elementary | 1977 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: The Voice; Posture; Tuning Up; Choral Speech; Choric Drama. Lessons and examples. |
| Speech Handbook: Elementary | 1977 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | Contents: The Voice; Posture; Tuning Up; Choral Speech; Choric Drama. Lessons and examples. |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Sprouts | 1981 | Green, Harriet/ Martin, Dr. Sue | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grade 3-8. Integrate literature with language arts! This correlated arts approach includes opportunities for blossoming in such areas as writing, speaking, sensory awareness and creative thinking. For Grades 3 - 8 - elementary, middle years. Part I : The Sensory Door To Creativity; Part II: Movement and Mime; Part III: Art Awareness; Part IV: Storytelling and Story playing; Part V: Creative Writing; Part VI: Creative Thinking |
| Stage Combat: The Action To The Word | 1980 | Hobbs, William | St. Martin's Press | A fascinating, informative and first rate book for students, amateurs and professionals. Hobbs tells actors and directors where to begin planning a stage fight, developing it from the dramatic context and the characters involved, and taking advantage of set requirements. The longest chapter in the book is devoted to illustrations and explanations of the fundamental moves of which all fights are composed. Includes a 32 page photo-section, a thoroughly researched summary of the history of stage combat, how to stage battle scenes, brawls and non-realistic fights using dance and low motion. |
| Stage Lighting | 1979 | Pilbrown, Richard | Cassell Limited, London | This edition covers every aspect of lighting for the modern theatre. It is divided into two sections: Stage Lighting Design and Stage Lighting Mechanics. |
| Stage Lighting Handbook, The (Third Edition) | 1987 | Reid, Francis | A & C Black Publishers Lilmited, London | The Stage Lighting Handbook is considered a standard introduction to stage lighting, an essential source of information and advice for everyone involved in lighting design and practice. |
| Stage Lighting in the Boondocks | 1987 | Miller, James | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | A stage lighting manual for simplified stagecraft systems. The book describes how professional quality lighting can be achieved within the limitations of school auditoriums, community theatres and churches. The book is divided into two parts. The first part contains a short section on stage lighting in general, plus a number of lighting solutions for specific programs and locations. The second part contains more detailed information on dimmers, lamps, spotlight types, filters connectors, control boards, homemade equipment etc |
| Stage Lighting in the Boondocks | 1987 | Miller, James | Meriwether Publishing Ltd (Contemporary Drama) | A stage lighting manual for simplified stagecraft systems. The book describes how professional quality lighting can be achieved within the limitations of school auditoriums, community theatres and churches. The book is divided into two parts. The first part contains a short section on stage lighting in general, plus a number of lighting solutions for specific programs and locations. The second part contains more detailed information on dimmers, lamps, spotlight types, filters connectors, control boards, homemade equipment etc |
| Stage Management (Fifth Edition) | 1995 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn And Bacon Inc | Written for a varied audience involved in school, college, community and professional theatre, this guide provides a systematic examination of the role of the Stage Manager in overall theatre. Practical and down-to-earth, it offers a step-by-step examination of theatre production, from technical details of lighting and sound to professional tips and procedures that save time and avoid mishaps. |
| Stage Management (Third Edition) | 1987 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn And Bacon Inc | Whether you are a first or a many-time stage manager, you will find this book an invaluable aid to organizing the many duties of stage managing. Especially helpful is a task list - A Chronological Approach and Priorities - detailing the task, its priority and the page number where information is to be found. These tasks are categorized chronologically as "Before Rehearsals Begin", "During Readings and Rehearsals" etc. |
| Stage Manager's Handbook, The | 1953 | Gruver, Bert and Hamilton, Frank | Drama Book Publishers | This reference book is the industry standard for stage managers. It describes in detail each aspect of the SM's job including pre-rehearsal and rehearsal times, the managing of performances and touring responsibilities |
| Stage Scenery: Its Construction And Rigging | 1981 | Gillette, A.S. and Gillette, J. Michael | Harper And Row, Publishers, New York | Throughly explores the organization of the production staff to the scene shop to properties to rigging to backstage organization and management in regards to the nonoprofessional theatre. |
| Stagecraft Handbook: Senior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This manual discusses staging, ground plans, basic flat construction, window and door flats, construction of three-dimensional scenery, rostra, platforms and steps, in an order suitable for developing a unit. It also covers theatre terms and gives a tool and materials list. |
| Stagecraft: 11/12 | 1988 | BC Ministry of Education | BC Ministry of Education | This resource is divided into two sections. The Curriculum Guide contains those elements which the BC Ministry of Education, in 1988, prescribed for Stagecraft 11 and 12. The Resource section contains suggestions for teaching, evaluation, resource books, equipment and supplies. Besides frequent examples to explain stagecraft techniques and an annotated bibliography at the end of each unit, numerous student activities have been suggested throughout. |
| Stagefighting: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit deals with physical combat for the stage. The sequential lessons teach skills necessary to demonstrate fourteen fight moves, fight theory, and fight choreography. |
| Stagefighting: Junior High | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This unit deals with physical combat for the stage. The sequential lessons teach skills necessary to demonstrate fourteen fight moves, fight theory, and fight choreography. |
| Staging A Children's Musical | 1987 | Lavender, Cheryl, Olsen, Joanne and Telleen, Charlotte | Popplers Music Inc | A workbook for selecting and producing the perfect musical. Contains tips and ideas, plans and layouts, schedules and checklists, letters, certificates, diagrams, and illustrations, and reproducible planning pages. |
| Stanislavski System, The | 1965 | Moore, Sonia | The Viking Press, New York | From the teachings of Konstanti S. Stanislavski. An enlarged edition and revised in the light of research on the "method of physical actions." |
| Start With A Story: Literature and Learning in Your Classroom | 1991 | Wason-Ellam, Linda | Pembroke Publishers | Level: Elementary. Collection of stories and books which offers hundreds of practical classroom ideas from the very simple activities to challenge any child. Includes useful strategies for reading, writing, listening, talking, viewing, art, music, and drama for use with a variety of books - from wordless picture books to poetry, from novels to non-fiction. Teachers will find the literature they need to use in all areas of the curriculum. Designed to help teachers trying to implement a "whole language" program. Topics: Listening and Talking; Viewing; Reading; Writing; Art; Music; Storytelling; and Drama. |
| Start With A Story: Literature and Learning in Your Classroom | 1991 | Wason-Ellam, Linda | Pembroke Publishers | Level: Elementary. Collection of stories and books which offers hundreds of practical classroom ideas from the very simple activities to challenge any child. Includes useful strategies for reading, writing, listening, talking, viewing, art, music, and drama for use with a variety of books - from wordless picture books to poetry, from novels to non-fiction. Teachers will find the literature they need to use in all areas of the curriculum. Designed to help teachers trying to implement a "whole language" program. Topics: Listening and Talking; Viewing; Reading; Writing; Art; Music; Storytelling; and Drama. |
| Starting Drama | 1989 | Boagey, Eric | Unwin Hyman Limited | This book is geared for high school students and is structured in two parts. Part I, Drama Through the Ages - the major part of the book - gives a comprehensive and attractive presentation, with many illustrations, of the history of drama from the Greek theatre to the present day, In each chapter the information is given as a dialogue with eye-catching layout of the important features. The assignments are not so structured as in "Basic Drama Projects", but are no less challenging. |
| Step-By-Step Theater | 1989 | Thompson, Greg | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Grades 1-4. Turn fables and fairy tales into plays. Includes patters of masks and props |
| Step-By-Step Theater | 1989 | Thompson, Greg | Fearon Teacher Aids | Level: Grades 1-4. Turn fables and fairy tales into plays. Includes patters of masks and props |
| Stories In The Classroom | 1990 | Barton, Bob/ Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Storytelling, reading aloud and role-playing with children. Contents: The Power of Story; The Story Tribe; A Story Inventory; Working with Stories; A Story Response Repertoire. |
| Stories to Read Aloud | 1992 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Anthology of stories with background information and practical tips for using stories as read-alouds. Includes tales by writers from different ethnic groups, each working in a distinctive style. |
| Story Circles | 1986 | Murphy, Kelly and Smilie, Ruth | STF Teaching Materials Centre | This book describes the method which is used to teach literacy and drama at Saskatoon's Joe Duquette High School (formerly known as the Native Survival School). These students' voices have been silenced by the weight of poverty, racism, and indifference. Working from the students' own stories, collectives are developed and performed. The method has worked successfully to provide a forum in which the voices of young Native students are heard; and could certainly be transferred into any educational context where teachers are committed to honoring their students. |
| Story Circles | 1986 | Murphy, Kelly and Smilie, Ruth | STF Teaching Materials Centre | This book describes the method which is used to teach literacy and drama at Saskatoon's Joe Duquette High School (formerly known as the Native Survival School). These students' voices have been silenced by the weight of poverty, racism, and indifference. Working from the students' own stories, collectives are developed and performed. The method has worked successfully to provide a forum in which the voices of young Native students are heard; and could certainly be transferred into any educational context where teachers are committed to honoring their students. |
| Story Drama | 1994 | Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | Level: K-8. Booth uses story as the basis of simple drama activities. The book includes classroom model lessons and simple frameworks for creative and enriching environment that will enhance language growth, literacy, and problem solving. Practical advice and actual stories are included to show teachers how anyone can create powerful story drama. |
| Storymaking and Drama | 1993 | King, Nancy | Heinemann | Contents: an approach to teaching language and literature at the secondary and post secondary levels. |
| Storytelling in Play: Upisasik Theatre | 1994 | Borgenson, Lon | This is the story of the Upisasik Theatre, a small high school theatre troupe in northern Saskatchewan that created, performed, and toured it's plays from 1978 to 1985. It is a story told by the teacher-director, and it weaves together the meanings and memories of the actors of Upisasik. The story that emerges is one of personal and social meanings both for the actors and for the teacher who writes the narrative. It is a story of collective creation, of cultural expression, of storytelling in play. | |
| Stratford For Students ('82) | 1982 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: Macbeth; As You Like It; Richard II; The Mikado. |
| Stratford For Students ('83) | 1983 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: Death of a Salesman; Love's Labour's Lost; Much Ado About Nothing. |
| Stratford For Students ('91) | 1991 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | A newsletter to help prepare for the challenge of Hamlet, and the dramatic moments in "Much Ado About Nothing". The primary focus is the text. Hamlet's relevance to today's audiences; and the in-class explorations of themes and relationships in "Twelfth Night" and "Much Ado About Nothing" are discussed, as well as the musicals "Our Town" and "Carousel" |
| Stratford For Students (Fall '92) | 1992 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Perspectives on "Measure for Measure"; interviews with Michael Lanham, Desmond Heeley, and Stan Silverman; Feminist Marilyn French examines the text; the magic of make-up at the Stratford Festival. |
| Stratford For Students (Summer '92) | 1992 | Stratford Festival | Stratford Festival | Contents: The World of Wonders, an interview with Elliott Hayes; Ariel's Harpy in "The Tempest"; The Magic of "The Tempest", Sharing Ideas-imaginative ways to approach the text. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Structuring Drama Work | 1990 | Neelands, Jonathan | Cambridge University Press | The purpose of this book is to outline some of the conventions that are available to teachers/leaders and students in structuring dramatic activity; whether it be an improvised workshop, an active exploration of a text and its meanings, or a participatory workshop for other students. In addition, the book sets out models for the process of structuring dramatic activity so that the use of conventions can be seen as part of a dynamic process which enables students to make, explore, and communicate meaning through theatre form. It identifies varieties of form that might be used or experienced as part of the more comprehensive art-process of communicating and interpreting meanings through theatre. The book will provide support for middle and secondary teachers who have or will accept the challenges of teaching the Drama strand of Saskatchewan's Arts Education curriculum. |
| Studio Workshop II | 1969 | Smith, C.E.J. | Longmans Press | Written to assist students and teachers in producing a radio/tape performance. Contains advice to student, producer, sound effects operator, and actors, as well as scripts. Scripts: The Franchise Affair; Prester John; The Small Woman; Round the World in Eighty Days; The Guns of Navarone; Coco the Clown. |
| Teaching Directing | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This resource provides suggestions to teach all of the learner expectations of the Directing Discipline required and non-required. It can be used in whole or in part depending on the focus of your drama program. |
| Teaching Drama 11 to 18, Continuum | 2000 | Ed: Nicholson, Helen | Redwood Books | Written by experienced international teachers & educators. It relates principles to practice across the whole spectrum of the drama curriculum |
| Teaching Drama To Young Children | 1987 | Fox, Mern | Heinemann | Contents: Section I: song and dance; Section II: Word Families; Section III: The World Around Us; Section IV: Our Community and Where We Live; Section V: Happenings. |
| Teaching Drama: A Mind of Many Wonders | 1987 | Morgan, Norah and Saxton, Juliana | Hutchinson | Contents: The relationship between theatre and drama; the two frames of drama; teacher in role. |
| Teaching Theatresports | 1990 | Shanahan, Poncia | Space Jump Productions | This book provides a program that allows students to develop and practice the necessary skills that are integral to drama, English, Life Skills and Drug Abuse programs. Without presenting skills as curriculum, Theatresports provides students with an activity-based program of study. Contents: What is Theatresports?; Materials and Physical Set; Judging Theatresports; Lesson Plans (Theatresports and Improvisation; The Concept of Blocking; The Concept of Advancing and Avoiding Questions; The Competition Explained; Props Manipulation; Involving the Audience; And Beyond - Let The Games Begin); Organizing A Theatresports Competition; Alphabetizing Games Index; Games; Theatresports Exam. |
| Teaching Theatresports | 1990 | Shanahan, Poncia | Space Jump Productions | This book provides a program that allows students to develop and practice the necessary skills that are integral to drama, English, Life Skills and Drug Abuse programs. Without presenting skills as curriculum, Theatresports provides students with an activity-based program of study. Contents: What is Theatresports?; Materials and Physical Set; Judging Theatresports; Lesson Plans (Theatresports and Improvisation; The Concept of Blocking; The Concept of Advancing and Avoiding Questions; The Competition Explained; Props Manipulation; Involving the Audience; And Beyond - Let The Games Begin); Organizing A Theatresports Competition; Alphabetizing Games Index; Games; Theatresports Exam. |
| Technical Theatre: Junior High | 1991 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | As teachers of drama are aware of the technical elements of theatre, teaching a unit in this discipline also helps students to develop this awareness and appreciation. This unit offers great opportunities for individualization of instruction and allows for the varying interests and talents of the students. Students may choose to focus on set design, props design, or costume design. |
| Television | 1990 | Calgary Board of Education | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook covers the use of video equipment, duties of production crew, standard terms and signals, and enhancements (e.g.. Lighting scenery, graphics, music, etc.) |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theater Games For The Classroom: A Teacher's Handbook | 1986 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Chapters Include: Why Bring Theatre Games Into the Classroom?; Warm Ups; Rhythmic Movement Games; Space Walks; Transformation Games; Sensory Games; Part of a Whole Games; Mirror Games; Where, Who, and What; Communicating with Words; Communicating with Sounds; Multiple-Stimulus Games; Puppetry; Playmaking for Radio, Television and Film; Developing Material; Storytelling and Story Theatre; Playmaking for Audience Involvement; Public Performance; Rounding-Out the Child Actor; Removing Amateur Qualities; Appendices. |
| Theatre Brief Version (Fifth Edition) | 2000 | Cohen, Robert | Mayfield Publishing Company | Robert Cohen presents THEATRE |
| Theatre Games for Rehersal: A Director's Handbook | 1985 | Spolin, V | Northwestern University Press | Games and exercises to improve your rehearsals! Chapters include: preparation; workshops; the first rehearsal period; the second rehearsal period; tune-ups; the third rehearsal period; games for continuing rehearsals. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre Games For Young Performers | 1985 | Novelly, Maria | Contemporary Drama | Improvisation and exercises for developing acting skills. Both beginning actors and their teachers will welcome this workbook. It tells the how, when, what, and why of theatre games for young performers. All the basic of pantomime, improvisations, voice control, monologues, and dialogues are presented in game formats with exercises and worksheets for easy organization. |
| Theatre of Bertoit Brecht, The | 1967 | Willett, John | Shenval Press | none |
| Theatre of the Oppressed | 1979 | Boal, Augusta | Theatre Communications Group | Boal has developed a series of imaginative theatre exercises which promote awareness of one's social situation and its limitations and individual attitudes. He creates an optimist theatre form involving spectators and performers in the search for community and integrity. |
| Theatre Topics | 1998 | Spencer, Jerry S. (Edited by) | Johns Hopkins University Press | The articles collected in this issue of Theatre Topics provide examples of the practical demands, pedagogical concerns, and research interests of theatre educators in a wide range of specialties. The convergence of theory and practice, performance and pedagogy is apparent in the articles in this issue. |
| Theatre, How To | 1979 | Seay, James | Baker's Plays | Supplies all you ever wanted to know about directing the high school play and were afraid to ask. Chapter 1: Why Me Lord? - or what do I do now? Selecting a play, casting, and setting rehearsal schedules. Chapter 2: Rome Wasn't Built in a Day - but a weekend ought to do it. Basic stagecraft. Chapter 4: Leaves For Your Eves. Costuming Complete and not costly. Chapter 6: What Do I Do? What Do I Say? Enough basic directing techniques to get you through the first critical production with only a small ulcer. Chapter 8: Paying the Piper - or how to live artistically and creatively with no help from anyone and still pay the bills. Here are short cuts, tricks of the trade, money savers and just plain basic knowledge. |
| Theatrical Anecdotes | 1987 | Hay, Peter | Oxford University Press | The stage has teemed with real characters and real stories as fascinating as any created by a dramatist. This book is for anyone who has ever been stage-struck. It is both richly entertaining and wonderfully edifying. Organized by topic, it contains hundreds of tips for all theatrical professionals, directs scholars and students to a wealth of historical sources, and treats lovers of theatre to a feast of backstage secrets that will permanently enrich their appreciation of the art. |
| This Happy Breed: Teacher's Guide | 1991 | Shaw Festival | Shaw Festival | Contents: About the Playwright; Noel Coward: A Selected Chronology; "This Happy Breed": A Synopsis; The Gibbon's Family Tree; Coward's "Chronicle of Clapham Common"; Questions for Discussion; Selected Bibliography and Suggested Readings. |
| Time For Drama: A Handbook for Secondary Teachers | 1985 | Burgess, Roma/ Gaudry, Pamela | Open University Press | Contents: Drama is Education; The Drama Model; Fundamentals of Drama; The Teacher as Director; Drama Lessons for Year. |
| To Open Minds | 1991 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Gardner attempts to address the dilemma in contemporary education by weaving lessons garnered from three vantage points - his own traditional education as an American child, his years of research on creativity at Harvard, and what he saw in Modern Chinese classrooms - into a program for creativity that draws on the best of both modes, traditional and progressive. |
| Training of Drama Teachers in the Netherlands, The | 1990 | Broekhuizen, Annemarie | A study of drama in education training centers in the Netherlands. Pedagogy is not treated as a topic of secondary importance but rather as being instrumental in the process of acquiring a mature and analytical mind. | |
| Training the Young Actor | 1981 | Malkin, Michael | A.S. Barnes & Company Inc | A compact guide to techniques and strategies for teaching young people acting as a performing art. Contains easy-to-read and easy-to-follow instructions for guiding young actors through the processes of creating stage worthy roles. It is of particular use to theatre teachers who have only a few weeks in which to rehearse and mount a theatre production. This book is written for those who want their students to learn that theatre, like music and dance, is a performing art and not simply a series of games. The exercises outlines are designed to help students understand, develop, and practice specific performance skills. The first chapter outlines a number of introductory exercises for primary grade children. Subsequent chapters give attention to older students and focus on such vital but frequently neglected topics in children's theatre such as voice training, stage movement, concentration, and characterization. In the last chapters, teachers are given suggestions for coordinating and directing performance projects in hand puppetry, readers theatre, and standard theatre productions. |
| Treasure Hunts | 1983 | Martin, S. and Green, H. | Good Apple Inc | Level: Grades 4-7. Creative approaches to ten classics from such literary giants as Mark Twain, Robert Louis Stevenson, Lewis Carroll, and Shakespeare. |
| Undersea Research Station: Division II/III Role Drama | Falk, Dr. George | Unpublished | All students are workers or researchers on an experimental undersea station. They will be faced with a situation where they must choose between their families back on land and a high probability of death OR staying in the undersea station indefinitely | |
| Undersea Research Station: Division II/III Role Drama | Falk, Dr. George | Unpublished | All students are workers or researchers on an experimental undersea station. They will be faced with a situation where they must choose between their families back on land and a high probability of death OR staying in the undersea station indefinitely | |
| Unschooled Mind, The | 1991 | Gardner, Dr. Howard | Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins Publishers | Why are children not mastering what they ought in school? Merging cognitive science with educational agenda, Gardner shows how ill-suited our minds and natural patterns of learning are to current educational materials, practices, and institutions and makes an eloquent case for restructuring our schools. |
| Upstage/Downstage: Directing The Play | 1946 | Brown, Ben | Baker's Plays | A solid book on the basics for every worker in non-professional theatre. Contents: Enter the Theatre; Meet the Director; Meet the Actor; Set up the Staff; Call the Rehearsals; Speak the Speech; Action, Please Be The Character; Crew and Cast on Stage! |
| Voice And The Actor | 1988 | Berry, Cicely | Harrap Limited | This book is a distillation of Cicely Berry's method of teaching voice production. It contains exercises to develop relaxation, breathing, and muscular control - vital for meaningful speaking of texts, both prose and poetry, and for interpretation of dramatic character. The exercises are illustrated with passages which Cicely Berry has, in her experience, found to be most useful. Though addressed primarily to actors, the book, with its straightforward, practical approach and overlying theory that "naturalness is all", should appeal to anyone interested in acting - and to people for whom vocal control in their jobs and in everyday life is important. |
| Voice For All Students, A: Diversity In The Classroom Series #6 | 1996 | Saskatchewan Professional Development Unit | Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit | Realizing Gender Equity in School |
| What If? | 1989 | Rothero, Patricia | Saskatchewan Drama Association | Interrelated activities in drama, language arts, visual arts, movement, and music. |
| Why Do Creative Drama With Children? | 1966 | Faulkes, Margaret | Unpublished | Speech my Margaret Faulkes to the Canadian Child & Youth Drama Association Conference, 1966. |
| You Can Make A Video | 1988 | Kondzielewski, Martin | Manual | This manual is designed for the individual who has never produced a video before. This manual contains all the major elements of production, presenting them as a series of useful points and rules of thumb. |
| How To Do Plays With Children - Lending Copy | 1994 | Moore, Jo Ellen; Hall, Ginny; Tryon, Leslie; and Franco, Betsy | Evan-Moor Corporation | This book contains directions on classroom dramatic play and how to present a formal play for an audience. Various types of plays are also included. Recommendations are given for how to put together your own performances when you cannnot find an appropriate play on the topic you need. Includes scripts for "Rhyming Plays," "Everyone-Has-a-Part Plays," and " Reader's Theatre." |
| How To Do Plays With Children | 1994 | Moore, Jo Ellen; Hall, Ginny; Tryon, Leslie; and Franco, Betsy | Evan-Moor Corporation | This book contains directions on classroom dramatic play and how to present a formal play for an audience. Various types of plays are also included. Recommendations are given for how to put together your own performances when you cannnot find an appropriate play on the topic you need. Includes scripts for "Rhyming Plays," "Everyone-Has-a-Part Plays," and " Reader's Theatre." |
| Action Strategies For Deepening Comprehension | 2002 | Wilhelm, Jeffrey D. | Scholastic Professional Books | In this resource, the author provides a wealth of enactment techniques that help students apply their social, physical and intellectual selves to the books they read. These techniques are highly motivating, research based, and certain to deepen students' engagement with and understanding texts, as well as their use of reading strategies. Chapters include: Getting into Role; Sitting in the Hotseat; Mantle of the Expert; Tableaux; Reenactments and Interventions; Writing in Role; and Discussion Dramas. |
| Drama Journeys: Inside Drama Learning | 2004 | Mooney, Mary and Nicholls, Jennifer (Edited by) | Curency Press, Syndney | "Drama Journeys is a practical and invaluable reference book for primary school teachers, and offers a range of approaches to be used in the teaching of drama. |
| Drama Journeys: Inside Drama Learning | 2004 | Mooney, Mary and Nicholls, Jennifer (Edited by) | Currency Press, Sydney | "Drama Journeys is a practical and invaluable reference book for primary school teachers, and offers a range of approaches to be used in the teaching of drama. |
| Getting Your Kicks!: A Beginners Guide To Choreography (DVD) | 2006 | Gibbs, Adrea | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | An incomparable resource for creating an endless number of choreographic combinations. A DVD with an interactive menu of eight sections: Things to Consider Before Getting Started; Laying the Foundation; Jumps, Turns and Kicks; Advanced Steps; Fun Steps; Figuring Out Formations and Staging; Sample Combinations; Adding Style |
| Small Stage Sets On Tour: A Practical Guide To Portable Stage Sets (2nd Edition) | 1997 | Miller, James Hull | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A guide to the design, construction and use of portable stage sets for any situation. |
| Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide To Backstage Work | 2000 | Lord, William H. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Twenty chapters detailing all of the fundamentals - everything the aspiring stage technician needs to know to get started in backstage work! All sections highlighted with photographs, illustrations, and diagrams. Major topics included: stages and rigging; production staff; properties; sound; lumber, tools and hardware; scenery construction; lighting instruments; control of lights and color; electricity and devices. |
| Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide To Backstage Work - Teacher's Guide (3rd Ed. Revised) | 2000 | Lord, William H. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | The companion guide to Stagecraft 1: A Complete Guide to Backstage Work. Comes with a CD which contains a student manual, 20 quizzes, 2 tests, and a final exam. |
| Costumes, Accessories, Props, And Stage Illusions Made Easy | 2005 | Rogers, Barb | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | More designs from cast-off clothing. Transform common people into superheroes, movie stars, knights, witches -- whatever illusion you want to create. Creative costuming is all in the details. One garment can take on many totally different looks depending on how you accessorize it. Over the years Barb Rogers has learned all the tricks about how anyone can turn leftover clothing into fabulous costumes. This book's numerous drawings explain in detail the costuming process of "turning straw into gold." It shows you how to design illusions that you never thought possible. Yes, you can easily do all this -- and at a minimum expense! This is another Barb Rogers "must have" book for your library of costume ideas. Paperback. |
| Costuming Made Easy: How To Make Theatrical Costumes From Cast-off Clothing | 1999 | Rogers, Barb | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | A book on how to make theatrical costumes from cast-off clothing by Barb Rogers. Make your own theatrical costumes for less than a day's rental price and make them your way without conventional sewing using patterns. Included in this book are more than 110 ingenious costume designs with photos and diagrams. Included: Princess, Prince, Clown, Devil, Witch, Medieval Lady, Elves, Peter Pan, Captain Hook, Pinocchio and many more. Also costumes for leading characters in popular shows: Camelot, Oklahoma, Guys and Dolls, King and I, Pirates of Penzance and more. |
| Drama After School: Setting Up For Success | 2000 | Smith, Winnie Rogers | New Plays Incorporated | Creative drama handbook with strategies and lesson plans for 5 to 12 year olds. |
| Teaching Teachers To Use Drama | 2004 | Goodwillie, Barbara K. | New Plays Incorporated | Text for drama specialists teaching courses and workshops for pre-service and in-service teachers. |
| 50 Projects For Creative Dramatics | 1980 | Nobleman, Roberta | New Plays Incorporated | A handbook. Teachers who have used this book call it a "recipe book in creative drama." |
| Adventures In Sound: Music Games And Activities | 2007 | Lambert, Jonathan | Jonathan Lambert | The aim of this book is to provide experiential games and exercies for group situations. It tries to be culturally non-specific. All the games except "party games," are co-operative rather than competitive. These games are excellent for use in the drama classroom or extra curricular drama. |
| Practical Education For The Unimaginable | 2001 | Levy, Jonathan | New Plays Incorporated | Essays on Theatre and the Liberal Arts. |
| Creative Dance: Experience For Learning | 1968 | King, Bruce | New Plays Incorporated | A Handbook. |
| Creative Dramatics In The Library | 1976 | Pereira, Nancy | New Plays Incorporated | A Handbook. |
| Lights Up! A Teachers' Guide And Activities Kit For Careers In Culture | 2007 | Irwin, Janet | Cultual Human Resources Council | A teacher's guide and activities kit for careers in culture. |
| Playwriting Step by Step | 1992 | Cassay, Marsh | Resource Publications, Inc. | The book outlines step by step chapters for potential playwites on getting ideas, writing dialogue, developing characters, plotting plots, choosing genres, stages and styles, planning your play and marking your finished play. This indispensable guide is perfect for both students and teachers of dramatic arts. |
| 101 Drama Games And Activities | 2007 | Farmer, David | David Farmer | This book contains a selection of drama games, activities and improvisation exercises. They can be very effective in rehearsals and workshops with children and adults. |
| Actions: The Actors' Thesaurus | 2004 | Caldarone, Marina and Lloyd-Willimas, Maggie | Nick Hern Books | It is a thesaurus of active verbs, with which the actor can refine the acting choice until s/he hits exactly the right action to help make each line come alive. "Actioning" is a widely used rehearsal and performance technique: this book makes it available for the first time in an organized and comprehensive form. |
| Why Is That So Funny?: A Practical Exploration Of Physical Comedy | 2006 | Wright, John | Nick Hern Books | This book starts with a discussion of the various types of laughter that can be provoked by performance. It then presents graduated sequences of over a hundred games and exercies devised to demonstrate and investigate the whole range of comic possibilities open to a performer and to test eery assertion made. |
| Stage Management: The Essential Handbook | 2006 | Pallin, Gail | Nick Hern Books | The book is aimed at students, graduates, and allthose who aspier to stage management, whether amateur or professional, on a large or small scale. Complete diagrams and helpful checklists, visual examples, production templates, and a glossary. Other useful topics covered are: team dynamics and job roles; theatre unions; the job market; information and communication technology; management techniques and interpersonal skills. |
| Writer's Notebook, A: Unlocking The Writer Within You | 2003 | Fletcher, Ralph | Harper-Collins Publishers Inc. | Contains the process of writing and keeping a writer's notebook. Many suggestions for working with children are included. Many ideas that can be used for young actor's workshops. |
| Stages | 2004 | Pura, Talia | J. Gordon Shililngford Publishing Inc. | This book is packed with drama exercisesand ideas that work, tested on the harshest critics--high school students. Laid out in a clear, concise manner, they are categorized according to their purpose. It is useful to all, from novice or seasoned drama theaters, to theatre professionals leading workshops and master classes. Suitable for a wide range of ages and abilities, the ideas can be adapted for young children and teenagers as well as experienced adults. Examples of how to structure a lesson and unit plans are contained in the Appendices. |
| Brodie's Notes For A Man For All Seasons | 1991 | Bolt, Robert | MacMillian Press Ltd. | Includes author details, background to the work, summaries of text, glossaries, critical commentaries, analysis of characterization, style, structure, setting and themes; sample questions with guidelines, ideas for further reading. |
| Acting And Directing | 1984 | Grandstaff, Russel J. | National Textbook Company | Analyze the play; consult the technical designers to plan the staging of the play; prep a prompt book for noting movement of performers; direct all rehearsals; vocal and physical requirements; stage movement, gesture, reacting, pausing, making entreances and exits; developing characterization. |
| Empty Space, The | 1968 | Brook, Peter | Penguin Books | One of the world's most famous directors gives us the distillaion of his knowledge and experience of the theatre. |
| Drama Festivals And Their Adjudication | 1947 | Purdom, C. B. | J. M. Dent and Sons Limited | Intended to indicate how adjudicators approach the criticiam and judgement of performances they see. |
| My Drama School | 1978 | McCall, Margaret | Robson Books | With a wealth of memorable anecdotes and unexpected revelations, thirteen exdrama students recall their days at drama school. |
| Let's Put On A Show! | 1999 | Gibbs, Andrea | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. (CDS) | A guidebook for young would-be thespians, covering theatre vocabulary, scripting, casting, staging, sets and scenery, props, costumes, and makeup, as well as the basics of backstage and technical particulars. |
| Persuade:An Educational Game For Developing Persuastion Skills | 1981 | Kienzle, Nancy K. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. (CDS) | An educational game for developing persuasion skills. Adaptable for junior high, secondary and college level use. |
| Drama Recipe Book 1 | 1995 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | This resource is divided into three main sections: Entrees (used at the beginning and during the early part of class), Main Courses (used to form the core of the class) and Afters (used to bring the class to a conclusion). The activities are set out in a simple step by step format that includes running time, its purpose and use and degree of diffiulty. All are suitable for all ages. |
| Improvisation A La Carte | 1998 | Taylor, Steve | Radical Wombat Collective | Grades 4 and up. Improv book full of excercises covering three sections important to improv: Fundamentals, The Next Stage and Character & Text. |
| Perfect Stage Crew, The | 2003 | Kaluta, John | Allworth Press, New York | Here is a must have book for anyone producing a stage show without a Broadway-sized budget. This book shows how you can pull off a stunning production in less than forty days--even if you are lacking in resources. An invaluable guide for middle and high school, college , and community theatres. The book provides solutions to the most common and complex stage and crew problems. Chapters also cover crucial topics as running technical rehearsals, and creating and selling tickets. |
| Back Stage Forms | 1990 | Carter, Paul | Broadway Press, Louisville, KY | Anyone who has spent those endless hours in the theatre recognizes the importance of organization. This book is a collection of many forms that include Management Forms, Money Forms, Carpentry Forms, Costume and Make-Up Forms, Props Forms, Lighting and Sound Forms, and Stage Management Forms. |
| Middle Mania: Imaginative Theater Projects For Middle School Actors | 2001 | Johnson, Maureen Brady | Smith and Krause, Inc. | This resource is a compilation of interactive, collaborative projects. It offers creative alternatives that are "drama healthy" for kids, providing every student with a chance to get involved. Projects include: Solving a Mystery; Rock 'n' Roll Playwriting; Musical Chairs; and Hey, Let's Put on a Show! |
| My Life In Art | 1956 | Stanislavski, Constantin | Meridian Books, New York | Biography |
| Student's Guide To Playwriting Opportunities, The (3rd Edition) | 2002 | Wright, Michael (Edited by) | The Theatre Directories | This book will serve as an invaluable tool to young would-be playwrights looking for the right college program, playwriting labs, writers' colonies and other developmental programs to help them on their way. The entries are laid out in user-friendly format, showing such information as how many classes are offered in playwriting, what resources are made available for readings and staged productions, how critiquing is handled, etc. Appendix offers helpful resources and essays on the developmental process for the playwright. |
| Move Over Shakespeare: From Monologues to One Act Plays | 2008 | Harvey, Christine and Zwiers, Jennifer | Scripts For Schools | A comprehensive guide to teaching the art of playwriting. |
| Jack Sharkey's Audition Pieces And Classroom Exercises | 1984 | Sharkey, Jack | Samuel French, Inc. | A collection of audition pieces (comedic and dramatic) as well as classroom exercies. |
| Smart Art: Learning To Classify And Critique Art | 1989 | Hollingsworth, Patricia and Hollingsworth, Stephen F. | Zephyr Press, Chicago | Students will analyze art, develop art vocabulary, classify and critique art and enhance their thinking skills with more than 60 hands-on art activiites. |
| What They Didn't Teach You In Graduate School | 2008 | Gray, Paul and Drew, David E. | Stylus Publishing, LLC | 199 helpful hints for success in your academic career. |
| Play Date: A Parent's And Teacher's Guide To Putting On A Play | 2009 | Marcus, Cindy | Meriwether Publishing (CDS) | This book contains 12 chapters that tell parents and teachers how to work with children in staging a play step by step and week by week: Meet and Greet, Chosing the Play, Writing Your Own Play, Rewiting the Show, Casting, Blocking the Show, Recruiting and Backstage Fun, The Administrator, Running Through the Show, Final Dress, Opening Night, and It's Time to Celebrate. |
| My First Acting Book: Volume II | 2009 | Dabrowski, Kristen | A Smith and Kraus Book | Acting Lessons, Exercises, Tips and Games for Young Children |
| Much Ado About Nothing Study Guide | 2011 | Squires, Jennifer Lyn | Unpublished | A study guide designed to help students and teachers dig deeper into the U of R production of "Much Ado About Nothing" by William Shakespeare. The information, however, can be used to explore any production or reading of the play. A main focus is the more evocative elements of the play as opposed to technical elements. It offers many opportunities for students to respond. |
| ?When Words Sing | 1970 | Schaefer, R. Murray | Clark and Cruickshank | This book is about human voices.This book employs various exercises: singing, chanting reciting, intoning and so on using ordinary speech patterns and visual representations. |
| Mime | 1983 | Alberta Culture | Alberta Culture Performing Arts Branch, Touring | This book is a brief introduction for teachers. Mime is briefly discussed in terms of everyday life, history types and its study. It also gives 18 mime activities that can be easily used in any classroom. |
| Guide For Makeup, A | 1975 | Carson, Robin and Carson, Stuart | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This booklet is a guide to create your own makeup. |
| Guide For Stage Craft, A | 1975 | Madill, John | Alberta Culture Peforming Arts | This guide is intended to help with the planning, designing and presentation of sets for your production. |
| Mime Book, The | 1974 | Kipnis, Claude | Meriwether Publishers Ltd. | This book provides both the how and the why, from basic exercises to full pantomines. Reading material on exercises includes discussions of the significance of each sequence plus clear photographs. |
| Scene Design: A Guide To The Stage | 1970 | Nelms, Henning | Dover Publications, Inc. | Anyone working on scene design for the first time will find this book indispensable--amature and semi-professional groups, high school students and their teachers. |
| Make-Up Artist's Handbook For Stage, Screen & Video | 1985 | Palma, Diego Dalla | Sterling Publishing Co., Inc. | With this practical makeup manual you will be able to make up anyone for any type of stage, screen and video production. |
| How To Analyze Drama | 1984 | Reaske, Christopher Russell | Monarch Press | This book shows the reader how to experience, appreciate and judge a play. |
| Actor's Survival Kit, The | 1990 | Newhouse, Miriam and Messaline, Peter | Simon & Pierre | This book includes everthing the Canadian actor needs to know about acting as a profession. |
| Theatre Props Handbook, The | 1987 | James, Thurston | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book is a step by step guide to the design and construction of theater properties. |
| Stock Scenery Construction Handbook | 1990 | Raoul, Bill | Broadway Press | This book is the ultimate backstage how-to book. It is all about the basics--flats, platforms, ramps, steps, curtains and drops. |
| Backwards & Forwards | 1983 | Ball, David | Southern Illinois University Press | A technical manual for reading plays. |
| Directing In The Theatre (Second Edition) | 1984 | Morrison, Hugh | A & C Black | This book sets down the theory and practice of play production, and the essentials of directing and acting from first conceptions to dress rehearsal. |
| S.M.Arts (3rd Edition) | 1998 | Morgan, Winston | Winston Morgan | This book includes information on: Before Pre Work, Preparation Week, First Rehearsal and Rehearsal Period, Cueing Sessions, Tech Week, The Run and Final Performance. |
| Stage Management Handbook, The | 1992 | Ionazzi, Daniel A | Betterway Publications, Inc. | A complete examination of the stage manager's job detailing his or her involvement in all the technical aspects of theatre work; his interface with the playwright, director, producer, and designer. |
| Stage Design And Properties | 1993 | Holt, Michael | Phaidon Press Limited | This book is designed to meet the needs of those working in the non-professional theatre, that is, students and undergraduates, school teacher, and members of amateur dramatic and operatic societies. |
| In The Background: An Extra's Handbook | 1996 | Tarling, Bill | Simon and Pierre Publishing Company | Edited and with additional material by Peter Messaline. This book gives advice on courses and casting, and how to prepare before shooting begins. |
| First Reading | 1975 | Black, Malcolm | University of Washington Press | A candid look at stage directing. |
| Freeing The Natural Voice | 1976 | Linklater, Kristin | Drama Book Publishers | This book is useful for professional actors, student actors, teachers of acting, teachers of voice and speech and the interested lay person. Its aims are to present a lucid view of the voice in the general context of human communication and to provide a series of exercises to free, develop and strengthen the voice. |
| Actor And His Text, The | 1987 | Berry, Cicely | W. H. Allen and Company | This book sets out to apply the methods of voice production directly and practically to the speaking of text. |
| Scene Design And Stage Lighting | 1996 | Parker, W. Oren and Wolf, R. Craig | Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. | This book covers the Design Concept, Executing the Design, and Stage Lighting and Sound. |
| Stage Management (Fourth Edition) | 1992 | Stern, Lawrence | Allyn and Bacon | This book aquaints the reader with all aspects of the role of stage manager. |
| Stage Makeup (Fourth Edition) | 1967 | Corson, Richard | Merdith Publishing Company | This book contains an approach to stage makeup that covers everything from moustaches and beards to makeup for other media. |
| Designing And Making Stage Scenery | 1966 | Warre, Michael | Studio Vista | Abstract not available. |
| Stage Design | 1968 | Rowell, Kenneth | Studio Vista | Abstract not available. |
| Scene Painting: Tools And Technique | 1984 | Veaner, Daniel | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | A complete step-by-step guide to painting theatrical scenery for professional amateur, and school dramatic productions. |
| Theatre Backstage From A To Z | 1967 | Lounsbury, Warren C. | University of Washington Press | A concise encyclopedia of stagecraft. |
| Drafting Scenery For Theater, Film, And Television | 1990 | Rose, Rich | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book shows the reader how to draft a complete group of working drawings for a simple set. The authors describes and illustrates basic drafting equipment and tools, then demonstrates lettering, dimensioning, title blocks, elevation drawings and more. |
| Art Of Scene Painting, The | 1985 | Collins, Rose | Harrap Limited | This is an illustrated and practical guide to the techniques of painting for the stage for art students and all concerned with theatre production, both professional and amateur. |
| On The Technique Of Acting | 1991 | Cheklhov, Michael | HarperCollins Publishers | This new, definitve edition of Chekhov's masterful work clarifies the principles outlined in To The Actor concerning the pivotal role of the imagination in actors' understand of themselves and the roles they play. |
| Source Book In Theatrical History, A | 1952 | Nagler, A.M | General Publishing Company, Ltd. | Twenty-five centeries of stage history in more than 300 basic documents and other primary material |
| Simplified Stage Lighting | 1985 | Martin, Paul | Information Services Division | This booklet provides practical assistence to those faced with the many problems of planning a play in the limited space commonly available in community halls |
| Perceiving The Arts (Ninth Edition) | 2009 | Sporre, Dennis J | Pearson Prentice Hall | Perceiving the Arts provides readers with a basis for understanding the humanities, including visual art, music, theater, dance, film, architecture, and literature. This text presents essential terms and concepts, providing students with their first glimpse into the realm of artistic expression. |
| Communtity Theatre; Global Perspectives | 2001 | van Erven, Eugene | Routledge | A comparative study of the work and methodological traditions which have developed community theatres around the world. It is a wide-ranging study based on van Erven's experiences working with community theatre groups in six very different countries. |
| Voice And The Actor | 2000 | Berry, Cicely | Virgin Publishing Ltd. | Voice and the Actor is the first classic work by Cicely Berry, Voice Director of the Royal Shakespeare Company and world-famous teacher. Encapsulating her renowned method of teaching voice production, the exercises in this straightforward, no-nonsense guide will develop relaxation, breathing, and muscular control - without which no actor or speaker can achieve their full potential. |
| Writing About Theatre | 1999 | Thaiss, Christopher and Davis, Rick | Allyn and Bacon | A text that directly addresses the writing needs of students in the theatre major and in literature courses that focus on the study of drama |
| Guide For Stage Craft, The | 1975 | Madill, John | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This guide is not a text. It is an introduction to the basics of Stagecraft. |
| New Penguin Dictionary Of The Theatre, The | 1988 | Law, Johnathan and Pickering, David (Edited by) | Penguin Books | This dictionary provides a comprehensive guide to the world of theatre, with over 5000 thoroughly researched and clearly written articles |
| Twice Have The Trumpets Sounded | 1954 | Guthrie, Tyrone, Davies, Robertson and Macdonald, Grant (Edited by) | Clarke, Irwin and Company Limited | This is a first-hand account of a very important achievement of theatre in Canada told through three different perspectives |
| Prologue Drama 8 | 1977 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| On Stage Drama 10 | 1979 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| Performance Two | 1983 | Bain. John. Hogan, Judith. Lynds, Laurie. and Simpson, Keith | Ministry of Education, British Columbia | Abstract not available. |
| Mime Book, The | 1974 | Kipnis, Claude | Meriwether Publishing Ltd | Abstract not available. |
| Mime: A Brief Introduction For Teachers | 1983 | Access Alberta for Alberta Culture Performing Arts Branch, Touring | ACCESS Alberta | A brief Introduction of mime for teachers |
| When Words Sing | 1970 | Schafer, R. Murray | BMI Canada Limited | This book is about voices -- human voices -- audible human voices |
| Festivals Of Canada, The | 1981 | Edinborough, Arnold | Edina Productions Limited | This book is splendid evidence of how far Canada has come in the matter of festivals in a little more than a quarter of a century. |
| Essential Theatre, The (Eighth Edition) | 2004 | Brockett, Oscar G. and Ball, Robert J. | Wadsworth: Thomson Learning, Inc. | A comprehensive, well crafted, that introduce you to the creative and ingtriguing world of the theatre. |
| Guide For Make-Up | 1975 | Carson, Robin and Carson, Stuart | Alberta Culture Performing Arts | This booklet is a guide to creating your own makeup. |
| Make-Up Artist's Handbook For Stage, Screen And Video | 1985 | Palma, Diego Dalla | Sterling Publishing Co., Inc. | With this practical make-up manual you'll be able to make up anyone fror any type of stage, screen and video production. |
| Scene Design: A Guide To The Stage | 1970 | Nelms, Henning | Dover Publications, Inc. | Anyone working on scene design for the first time wil find this book indispensible. |
| Aesthetics: The Big Questions | 1998 | Korsmeyer, Carolyn (Edited by) | Blackwell Publishers | This volume offers big answer to big questions and is exceptionally well-balance, offering an excellent selection of classical and contemporary views drawn from the core of traditional aesthetics, as well as a avariety of well-focussed challenges to that tradition. |
| Mentor Texts: Teaching Writing Through Children's Lilterature, K - 6 | 2007 | Dorfman, Lynne R. and Cappelli, Rose | Stenhouse Publishers | The Authors write in a friendly and conversational style, employing numerouse anecdotes to help teachers visualize the process, and offer strategies that can be immediately implemented in the classroom. Each "your turn" lesson are built around the gradual releae of responsibility model, offering suggestions for demonstrations and shared or guided writing. Reflection is emphasized as a ncessary component to understanding why mentor authors chose certain strategies, literary devices, sentence structures and words. |
| New Dramathemes, The (3rd Edition) | 2002 | Swartz, Larry | Pembroke Publishers | In this totally revised and updated edition, teachers will fid their favorites as well as new games and strategies to help students meet and exceed evolving curriculum expectations. |
| Arts Go To School, The: Classroom-Based Activities That Focus On Music, Painting, Drama, Movement, Media And More | 2004 | Booth, David and Hachiya, Masayuki (Edited by) | Pembroke Publishers | Easy to use, this timely resource features chapters on each of the major art forms and shows teachers how to help students meet related curriculum outcomes. |
| "Drama Schemes, Themes & Dreams: How To Plan, Structure, And Assess Classroom Events That Engage All Learners" | 2010 | Swartz, Larry and Nyman, Debbie | Pembroke Publishers | This resource offers a cmprehenisve outline of improvisation and interpretation strategies that teachers can incorporate in classroom instruction. |
| Balanced Literarcy Essentials: Weaving Theory Into Practice For Successful Instruction In Reading, Writing, And Talk | 2012 | Parr, Michelann and Campbell, Terry | Pembroke Publishers | This resource shows teachers how to navigate their way through the language and literacy block as they focus on ten literary essentials. It offers a comprehensive approach to literary instructin that puts students at the center of the learning process. |
| Do You See What I See?: How To Adjudicate Theatre Festivals | 2010 | Procunier, Annette G. | Authorhouse | This book reveals not just what to watch for, and how to articulate our thoughts to audience and festival participants, but also describes the characteristrics that will make you a good adjudicator. It examines the theory of adjuciation and provides examples of how to be effective in presenting your point of view to a skeptical audience. It is filled with tips, ideas and hints on how to criticize the performance without criticizing the performer and how to engage Thespians in conversation about their art. |
| Adolescent Portraits: Identity, Relationships, And Challenges (Sixth Edition) | 2008 | Garrod, Andres, Smulyan, Lisa, Powers, Sally I. and Kilkenny, Robert | Pearson Education, Inc. | This resource is a compelling anthology of first-person accounts written by college students that illustratethe contemporary theories and research that surround adolescent development today. |
| Middle Childhood To Middle Adolescence: Development From Ages 8 To 18 | 2007 | Blume, Libby Balter and Zembar, May Jo | Pearson Education, Inc. | This applied development text focuses on the critical age-span fo middle childhood through adolescence. |
| Lifescripts | 1996 | Pollan, Stephen M. and Levine, Mark | Simon & Schulter Macmillan Compan | Whether you're asking for a raise, confronting a backstabber, dealing with sexual harassment, firing an employee, renegotiating a loan, discussing elder care with siblings or asking your spouse to lose weight, "Lifescripts" gives you the most effective approach - and actual words - to use. |
| Dance In An Inclusive Classroom | 2008 | Moskal, Lyndsay | Unpublished | This is a power point presentation on how to create a dance using a story book. The resource includes thumbnails with notes. An online copy is available upon request. |
| Stage And Film Décor | 1948 | Myerscough-Walker, R. | Pitman & Sons, Ltd. | This book, donated by Walter Mills, provides a full and expert study of the development of décor from the sumbolic Greek drama to the complicated structures in use in the modern theatre and cinema. A vast collection of illustrations, both in color and monochrome, add a wealth of interest to the already absorbing text. |
| Around The World At Christmas Time | 1987 | Jennings, Paul and Jennings, Teresa | Jenson Publications, Inc. | Collection of songs and activities for young voices featuring Germany, Scandinavia, Southern Europe, Great Britain, Eastern Europe, Israel and the Jewish Nation, The United States, Australia, China and Japan. |
| Best Time Of The Year, The | 1994 | Christopher, Keith | Hal Leonard Corporation | Choral Revue. Production Guide by John Jacobson included. |
| Cheer Up, Mister Santa | 1969 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | The elves, workers, toys, and dolls of Santa Land all try to help Santa regain his lost Christmas spirit. Done with narrator, pantomime, songs and dances. |
| Santa Rides A Jumbo Jet | 1972 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | This is a program for Early Childhood students. Santa's transportation problem is solved by a group of children visiting him when his reindeer get the flu. |
| Super-Santa | 1974 | Gurske, Lois | Modern Productions Inc. | This is a program for Early Childhood students. Once again there is trouble in Santa Land and it takes a "Super Santa" to solve it. |
| Once Upon A Christmas | 1991 | Brymer, Mark A. | Hal Leonard Corporation | This musical review presents five "chapters" of cherished Christmas memories. |
| One Magic Christmas | 1989 | Huff, Mac | Hal Leonard Corporation | This Christmas revue, designed for use with or without special staging, celebrates Christmases past, present, and future. |
| Twleve Days Of Christmas | 1993 | Brymer, Mark A. | Hal Leonard Corporation | Opening with a festive setting of the traditional "Twelve Days of Christmas" the show highlights a special treat for each day of the holiday season. This show includes dialogue, staging, and costuming. |
| Don't Forget The Manger | 1991 | McCartney, Eddie and Hedger, Alison | Golden Apple Productions | This book contains the piano accompaniment, vocal lines, percussion ideas, recorder parts, guitar chords and song cues of the musical play "Don't Forget The Manger." |
| Christmas Concert Book | 1980 | Primary Teachers' Council, St. John's | Unpublished | Where Is Santa?, Santa Goes On Strike, Don't Eat Too Much, Welcome, That's Different, Sad News, The Christmas Train, Christmas Visitors, Message For Santa, Something In The Air, Clumsy Saves the Day, The Awakening of Sleepig Beauty, The Story of Christmas, Surprise for Santa and Mrs. Claus, A Present for Santa, The Doll Shop, The Littlest Shepherd, A Mother Goose Christmas, It's Christmas Again, Santa's Toy Shop, The Nutcracker, the Night Before Christmas, The Story of Rudolph, Everywhere Christmas, Santa and the Stow-away, What is Christmas?, Winter Butterflies, Christmas Gardeners, Santa's Banner, Santa's Office Force, The Xmas Alphabet, The Christmas Story, Big Parade, It is More Blessed, O, What a Difference, Spreading Christmas Cheer, The Christmas Strike, Christmas Reminders, Our Closing Wish, Christams Program (Choral), Christmas Candles, Song of the Tree, The First Night of Christmas, We Belong to Christmas, My Christmas Alphabet, An Alphabet of Christmas, The Christmas Story, The Happy Christmas Tree, Christmas Giving, No Rocking Chair, Nuttin' For Christmas, I Can be, The Magic of Christmas, Christmas Cooks, Santa Was a Boy, Decorating the Tree, Spelling Christmas, A Little Old Man, Santa's Trip, We'll Be coming Down the Chimney, Christmas Detectives, My Christmas Cards, One Who Knows, The Great Gift, Special Reason, Like a Star, Why does it Shine, What I Want for Christmas, The Hankerchief Brigade, Upside Down, To Honor the King, Welcome All |
| Everywhere, Everywhere, Christmas Tonight! | 1985 | Kupferschmid, Steve | Shawnee Press, Inc. | Pablo the reindeer, Santa's former Spanish interpreter, serves as a guide for this musical journey which shows the holiday customs of many lands. Your narrator and Pablo will take your audience to Mexico, Trinidad, Spain, Bethlehem, China, and other lands through the world. Each stop features customs depicted by a narration and a song. |
| Teachers' Federation Act, 2006 (Consolidation) | 2010 | Government of Saskatchewan | Statutes of Saskatchewan | Chapter T.7.1of the "Statutes of Saskatchewan, 2006" (effective July 1, 2006) as amended by the "Stautes of Saskatchewan," 2010, c.B-12. (Consolidation) |
| Teachers Guide For My First Acting Series | 2009 | Dabrowski, Kristen | A Smith and Kraus Book | The guide provides suggestions and in-depth guidance for using the series to maximum effect the classroom. Includes Building Blocks, Critical Exercises, Imaginative Exercises, Work Sheets and Sample Lesson Plans. Cross Curricular activies are encouraged in these sections. |
| Royalty-Free Theme Music For Theatre And Film | 2013 | Francoeur, Bill | Pioneer Drama Service | Now you can add the magical music of Bill Francoeur to enrich even your non-musical productions! Music enhances the perceived quality of all productions when added for scene changes, curtain calls, underscoring and more. The fairy tale/fantasy theme of this CD can be used for all your incidental music needs, and as a bonus, the CD even includes some sound effects, such as a clock chiming midnight. Imagine how your production will come to life with trumpet fanfares, royal ball waltzes and ambient music to suggest everything from a village fair to magical moments. With more than 50 tracks, you can customize your own show sound track to meet the specific needs of each production. And the best part? Purchasing the CD gives you unlimited rights to add this music to all your theatre and film projects. |
| Right Way To Sing, The | 2005 | Marquart, Linda | Allworth Press | This excellent book takes a positive, yet pragmatic approach to matters both anatomical and technical. Marquart succeeds putting into words many of the conepts that singing teaches and choir directors demonstrate vocally, but can be so hard to describe on a page. |
| Dramatizing Myths and Tales: Creating Plays For Large Groups | 1995 | Thistle, Louise | Smith and Kraus Publishers | This is the perfect way to bring drama into your classroom. Designed for groups of up to 35 students, narrative-mine theatre invovles children of all ages and abilitites in stunning dramatic performances. |
| Everyday Fashions Of The Twenties As Pictured In Sears And Other Catalogs | 1981 | Blum, Stella (Edited by) | Dover Publications, Inc. | Stella Blum (Curator of the Constume Institute at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York) has distilled into this volume the essence of the fashion pages of the Sears, Roebuck and other mail-order catalogs of the Twenties. |
| How To Dress Dancers: Costuming Techniques For Dance | 1988 | Harrison, Mary Kent | Princeton Book Company, Publishers | This is the first book on costuming specifically addressed to the world of dance. Clear drawings and simple instructions mean that even beginning stitchers will be able to make professional costumes. |
| Costume Designer's Handbook, The | 1983 | Ingham, Rosemary and Covey, Liz | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | The handbook covers everything from script analysis to production. It tells how to do research; how to collaborate effectively with directos, costume technicians, and members of the production team; how to design around stock garments and rentals; how to present sketches; how to handle design problems such as unusual bodies and fantasy costumes; how ot choose and use media; and how to master myriad other techniques of custume design. |
| Mode In Costume, The | 1958 | Wilcox, R. Turner | Charles Scribner's Sons | Second revised and expanded edition. This is a definitive reference on the history of men's women's, and children's clothes, from 3000 B.C. to 1958. |
| Patterns For Theatrical Costumes | 1984 | Holkeboer, Katherine Strand | Prentice-Hall, Inc. | This is a collection of hundreds of ready-to-use patterns. |
| Patterns Of Fashion 1 | 1972 | Arnold, Janet | MacMillan Lond Ltd. | Englishwomen's dresses and their construction c.1660-1860. |
| Patterns Of Fashion 2 | 1972 | Arnold, Janet | MacMillan Lond Ltd. | Engllishwomen's dresses and their construction c.1860-1940. |
| Four Hundred Years Of Fashion | 1984 | Rothstein, Natalie (Edited by) | Victoria and Albert Museum, London | It is a collection rooted in the study of textiles and is the study of dress and a recognitin of its status as a valid expression of the decorative arts of any period. |
| 509 Digital Sound Effects | 2009 | Radio Mall | Dave Dworkin's Radio Mall | You get the best of both worlds with this set of over 500 sound effects! Remastered from one of the top-selling values in professional sound effects, every sound effect now has its own unique track so you don’t need professional equipment to use it. Whether you’re looking for specific noises or for scene-enhancing background noise for your stage production, you’ll find it here. Besides covering all the standard categories, such as people, machines, military, transportation, nature and animals, this extensive collection also offers tons more: household, sports, communication, business, construction and still more! Best yet, to make this valuable tool as useful as possible for you, there is a 10 page alphabetized printout of all the sounds, including their disc, track and length. (You can view this list by contacting SDA.) You’ll love being able to create your own customized sound effect CD for every single show you do for years to come! 5 Disc Set |
| Wright Your Own Own Vignette Play | 2011 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | Write your own play addresses and offersa step by step process from choosing a theme, to generating source material, to using improvisation, to a final draft. It can be used with a class, drama club, or summer group to write a play. |
| I See What You Mean: Visual Literacy K-8 (Second Edition) | 2012 | Moline, Steve | Stenhouse Publishers | I see what you mean was one of the first professional development books to outline practical strategies for improving students' visual literacy. In this new and substantially revised edition, Steve Moline continues his pioneering role by including dozens of new examples of a wide range of visual texts -- from time maps and exploded diagrams to digital tools like smartphone apps and "tactile texts". In addition to the new chapters and nearly 200 illustrations, the book has been reorganized into a useful teaching sequence, moving from simple to complex texts. This book will help you decode the visual world for your students, and help you see visual literacy in a whole new light. |
| Sharing The Blue Crayson | 2015 | Buckley, Mary Anne | Stenhouse Publishers | How to integrate social, emotional, and literacy learning. Social-emotional learning is at the heart of good teaching, but as curriculum and testing requirements consume more and more classroom time, these critical skills often get sidelined. This straightforward book shows busy teachers ways to incorporate social-emotional learning into everyday literacy lessons. Through simple activities such as read-alouds, sing-alongs, murals, and performances, students will learn how to get along in a group, empathize with others, develop self-control, and give and receive feedback  all while becoming confident readers and writers! |
| Response Journals Revisited | 2001 | Parson, Les | Pembroke Publishers | Maximizing learning through reading, writing, viewing, discussing. Everything teachers need to successfully incorporate response journals into their teaching, including a step-by-step explanation of what response journals are, why and how they are used, the skills they develop and how they are formally and summatively evaluated. This detailed handbook offers a comprehensive catalog of questions to cue personal response on everything from books and read-alouds to television, movies, and media. Sample student responses, guidelines, and rubrics that will save teachers valuable classroom time; ready-to-use checklists; and evaluation forms for students and teachers complement this invaluable resource. |
| Portfolios Matter: What, Where,When Why And How To Use Them | 2003 | Easley, Shirley-Dale and Mitchell, Kay | Pembroke Publishers | Portfolios matter provides teachers with everything they need to set up a portfolio system and use it to inform instruction and assessment in a balanced learning program. From laying the groundwork to deciding what to put in a portfolio to sharing portfolios through conferencing, this book will help new and experienced teachers on their journey towards creating successful learners. More valuable than a simple report card, portfolios are living documents that provide a useful record students can take with them through their school years. Includes everything teachers need to set up a portfolio system and use it to inform instruction and assessment in a balanced learning program. |
| Stop The Bullying: A Handbook For Teachers | 2001 | Rigby, Ken | Pembroke Publishers | This practical and researched-based book helps teachers appreciate the actions they can take to stop bullying. Stop The Bullying will help teachers find out what is really happening in their school, develop sound and well-supported anti-bullying policies, work effectively with children in classrooms to gain their support in dealing with bullying, deal appropriately and constructively with children who bully, support and help children who are victimized by peers at school. Teachers will find reproducible activities that help students recognize and effectively deal with a variety of issues related to bullying. This timely book will also help teachers work with colleagues and parents. |
| Seven Steps To Successful Writing | 2004 | Foster, Graham | Pembroke Publishers | This 32-page flipchart will guide writers through the seven essential steps to successful writing in any form. From idea to drafting to revision to final product, this handy resource has it all. Straightforward and easy to read, the book will help writers get started, stay motivated, and complete pieces of writing that they will be proud to share. This quick and easy reference to the basics will have both student and teacher returning to it again and again. |
| Leading And Learning: Effective School Leadership Through Reflective Storygtelling And Inquiry | 2008 | Brill, Fred Steven | Stenhouse Publishers | This simple book examines the administrative roles of school leaders from "enforcer" to "system-builder" to "instructional leader" and offers practices and protocols that have a positive impact on professional learning communities. Based on an examination of successful administrators, the book illustrates how the practice of reflective storytelling and collaborative learning results in better school leadership and professional growth. It examines common themes, concerns, successes, and failures and proposes an effective process for making decisions, solving problems, and more clearly translating belief into action. Woven throughout the book are stories from over 260 interviews with school administrators that will energize readers while generating chuckles and knowing nods. |
| 10 Things Every Writer Needs To Know | 2011 | Anderson, Jeff | Stenhouse Publishers | Whether writing a blog entry or a high-stakes essay, fiction or nonfiction, short story or argument, students need to know certain essentials in order to write effectively. This straightforward book focuses on developing concepts and application of ten key aspects of good writing -- motion, models, focus, detail, form, frames, cohesion, energy, words, and clutter. It provides dozens of strong model texts, both fiction and nonfiction, that will help young writers learn what is possible, and experiment with the strategies professional writers use. The book also provides mini-lessons, mentor texts, writing process strategies, and classroom tips that will motivate students to confidently and competently take on any writing task. |
| Self-Supporting Scenery | 1993 | Miller, James Hull | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Everything you need to know about the craft and art of self-supporting scenery as explained by its leading designer. Any staging area in a school, public building, church or arena can use these designs to create a suitable setting for any type of theatrical productin. And the scenic units may easily be stored for use again and again. The modern alternative to the limitations of traditional prosenium stagecraft. |
| New Canadian Kid, The - Study Guide | 2008 | Singh Pierce, Sunita | Green ThumbTheatre | Produced to accompany the Play "The New Canadian Kid" by Dennis Foon. |
| Speech Arts Resource Manual | 1997 | Hancock, Mossie (Edited by) | Saskatchewan Music Festival Association | A resource manual for Speech Arts Competitions with an introduction by Fred Baker "An Approach To Speech Arts." |
| World Playground: A Musical Adventure For Kids | 1999 | Storper, Dan (Executive Producer) | Putumayo World Music | CD with Liner Notes (Stories). A collection of world music for kids that takes children and their families on an inspiring musical and cultural journey around the world. |
| Kids Take The Stage: Helping Young People Discover The Creative Outlet Of Theatre | 2006 | Peterson, Lenka and O'Connor, Dan | Back Stage Books | Here is a completely revised and updated edition of a classic guide to getting young people on stage and helping them create their own show. Aimed at parents and teachers who work with young people ages 8 - 18, this edition features the systematic approach to putting on a show that the authors have developed in more than 35 years of working with children. Clear, accessible and fun, this is the perfect book to help young people realize their creataive potential. |
| Indian Storyteller's Kit | 1972 | Contemporary Drama Service | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | Suggestions for the Storyteller. |
| Filmmaking For Teens (2nd Edition) | 2010 | Lanier, Troy and Nichols, Clay | McNaughton and Gunn, Inc. | With zillions of videos being uploaded to YouTube every minute, how can a young filmmaker stand out? Easy - by applying the tools of this resource, beginning filmmakers can larn everything they need to know about how to make a great short film and get some serious eye-attention on YouTube and beyond. |
| Putting On A Play | 2005 | DuBois Jacobs, Paul and Swender, Jennifer | Smith Gibbs, Publishers | In this book, you'll find everything you need to put on your own play with your friends, including how to write a script, desgin a set, make costumes, act a part, and have some rollicking acting fun! The book includes a Pirate Play, Princess Play, Explorer Play, Circus Play, Cowboy and Cowgirl Play, and ideas for holiday plays. With this book and a little creativity, you're on your way to putting on a play! |
| Introduction To Stage Lighting | 2005 | Swift, Charles I. | Meriwether Publishing Ltd. | An Indispensable reference for drama teachers, directors, architects and design professionals. Twelve Chapters in Three Sections: Tools and Technology; Manipulating the Light; and The Collaborative Process. |
| Acting Under The Circumstances: Variations On A Theme Of Stanislavski | 1999 | Brestoff, Richard | Smith and Kraus, Inc. | A Step by Step approach to plaing a part. |
| Action! Acting Lessons For CG Animators | 2009 | Kundert-Gibbs, John and Kundert-Gibbs, Kristin | Wiley Publishing, Inc. | Create more powerful, compelling CG characters using advanced acting techniques. DVD included. |
| Creating Your Own Stage Makeup | 2001 | Davis, Gill | Back Stage Books | This book will help indidividual makeup artists and performers, groups and schools to explore the exciting world of creating new faces for stage. |
| Drawing Scenery for Theatre, Film and Television | 1990 | Rose, Rich | Betterway Publications, Inc. | This book shows the reader how to draft a complete group of working drawings for a simple set. The authors describes and illustrates basic drafting equipment and tools, then demonstrates lettering, dimensioning, title blocks, elevation drawings and more. |
| Handbook Of Set Design, The | 2006 | Winslow, Colin | The Crowood Press | This handbook is a comprehensive guide to designing scenery of all kinds for a wide variety of stages. |
| Lighting The Stage, Art and Practice (3rd Edition) | 2001 | Bellman, Willard F. | Broadway Press, Inc. | This book is for the advanced student of lighting design and technology. It goes beyond technicque for creating light plots and focuses on the art of lighting design. |
| Acting For Young Actors | 2006 | Bell, Mary Lou and Lenney, Dinah | Back Stage Books | If you want ot learn about the craft and the business of acting, this is the book for you! |
| Teen's Guide to Getting Published, A (2nd Edition) | 2006 | Dunn, Jessica and Dunn, Danielle | Prufrock Press Inc. | Topics addressed are: the writing craft; freelance publishing; rights and coyright information; publishing pitfalls; writing camps and workshops; and staff writing and book publishing. |
| Off The Bus And On The Record | 2009 | Macklin, Karen (Edited by) | Zest Books | 22 candid interviews by teen journalists. |
| Kabuki Theatre | 1956 | Japanese Embassy | Unpublished | Informational pamphlet regarding Kabuki Theatre, the popular stage of Japan. Includes information on Ayako Uchiyama. |
| World Of Melodrama, The | 1967 | Rahill, Frank | The Pennsylvania State University Press | Contains extensive information on Melodrama and its place in the dramatic and theatrical traditoin. |
| Art Of Directing, The | 1985 | Kirk, John W. and Bellas, Ralph A. | Wadsworth Publishing Company | As Kirk and Bellas develop the premise "Conflict is the essence of drama", and then apply it to every stage of the production process, they provide a guide to increased power and efficiency in the art of directing. |
| From Rags To Riches: A History Of Girls' Clothing In America | 2006 | Sills, Leslie | Holiday House Book | This book contains information on the evolution of girls attire Colonial Atiare to today. If also has glossary, bibliography, webography, museums and organizations related to girls' clothing. |
| 112 Acting Games (Second Edition) | 2015 | Levy, Gavin | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | A comprehensive collection of engaging activities for developing valuable skills. |
| Theatre, The: Machine 1 | 1987 | Viola, Albert T. and Goone, Mona Lynn | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | A "hands-on" text for teaching virtually all the fundamentals of performance over a relatively brief, challenging and entertaining span of time. There are fifty individual lessons which may be integrated with classroom materials or used exclusively, one lesson per day, over a ten week period. |
| Theatre, The: Machine II | 1996 | Viola, Albert T. | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | The outstanding lesson plan format of the original "Theatre Machine" has been extended to this second volume with 50 brand new lessons. Introducing the concetp of the "Seven W's" in a series of sequential lesson plans, this volume emphasizes moment-to-moment reality to make a scene believable. With many new fresh theatre games and improvisations, the text also includes a section on blocking. This excellent teaching tool is geared to making simpler for you to challenge your class, whether you use it exclusively or as a supplement with other classroom materials. |
| Theatre, The: Machine 2 | 2003 | Viola, Albert T. | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | The third book in the Theatre Machine series clarifies the most influential acting system in the world through 22 sequential lessons. Based on the Stanislavski system - also know as Method acting - this text reinforces and builds on concepts from the first two books with a more in-depth approach to scene study. |
| Telling Stories Your Way | 2000 | Barton, Bob | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This comprehensive handbook offers sound advice for telling stories in your own way as well as samples of superb stories you can use to get you started. |
| This Book Is Not About Drama... It's About New Ways to Inspire Students | 2012 | Barrs, Myra, Barton Bob and Booth, David | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This practical book is part food for thought, part instruction manuall, part stories and scripts to explore, and part encouragement to recharge reading and writing activities. |
| 3-Minute Motivators | 2014 | Paterson, Kathy | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This jam-packed new edition explores novel ways teachers can recognize and respond to the daily needs of their students. It provides activities to engage students, to help them refocus, and to bring a "hit of fun" into their school day. |
| Dream Wakers | 2016 | Ryan, Pam Munoz | Pembroke Publishers Limited | This book forcuses on the author's love of children's literature---and her decades of work developing the traits of writing---on books that celbrate Latino life and culture. She provides a wide variety of ideas to teach writing using some of the riches and most beautiful children's books available. This book gives you a annotated list of more thatn 120 books with do-it-today lesson ideas; 11 original and insightful essays; and a handy reference chart that helps teachers locate books quickly by trait, genre, language, and author/publisher information. |
| Theatre: Collaborative Act (Third Edition) | 2010 | Wainscott, Ronald and Fletcher, Kathy | Allyn and Bacon | The central premise of Theatre: Collaborative Acts is that theatre is collaboration or co-labor, which exists on many levels. To participate in theatre, as either audience member or practitioner, means to be at once an individual and part of a larger whole. It allows us to escape, relax, and refocus. Through the study of theatre, students develop an informed perspective for a lifetime of theatre-going in appreciation to help them enjoy, analyze, understand, read, visualize, and get the most out of many different types of theatre experiences. |
| Enjoyment Of Theatre, The (Seventh Editition) | 2008 | Cameron, Kenneth M., Gillespie, Patti P, Hunter, Jim, and Patterson Jim A. | Allyn and Bacon | This book provides a balanced coverage of performance and history that provides a comprehensve and accessible introduction to theatre. |
| Harbrace College Workbook For Canadian Writers | 1994 | Connor, William | Harcourt Brace and Company, Canada | This book provides students with exercises that reinforce what they have learned about writing. |
| Secret Path | 2016 | Downie, Gord and Lemire, Jeff | Simon & Schuster | Chanie Wenjack (misnamed Charlie by his teachers) ws a young boy who died on Octobe 22, 1966. He was trying to walk home, along the railroad tracks, trying to escape the Cecilia Jeffrey Indian Residential Schoo. Charnie's home was 400 miles away. He didn't know that. He didn't know where his home was, nor know how to find it. But like so many kids from residential schools - more than anyone will be able to imagine - he tried. |
| Theatre In Prince Albert 1866-1966 | 2017 | du Laux, Robert | The Prince Albert Historical Society | A historical account of the first 100 years of Theatre in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan. |
| Stage Manager and Assistant Stage Manager Handbook | 2008 | Victoria Theatre Guild and Dramatic School at Langham Court Theatre | Langham Court Theatre | A comprehensive handbook to guide stage managers through their many tasks. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 4 The Grand Entry | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. A Pow-Wow begins with a Grand Entry. The Eagle Staff leads the procession as the traditional flag made of feathers from an eagle. Traditional dancers enter from the East, following the Eagle Staff, then comes the Fancy Dancers, then the Hoop Dancers, followed by the Shawl Dancers, and finally the boys and girls. An Elder gives a prayer in the traditional language, an dthen the Pow-Wow begins. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 6 The Fancy Dance | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. This competition has always been the climas of the Pow-Wow. It is a test of speed and endurance. It allows the dancer to display his/her most intricate steps and body movements, incorporating his/her own style. |
| Pow Wow Trail Episode 9 The Grand Exhibition | 2004 | Arbor Record Ltd. | I. C. E. Productions Ltd | DVD. As Pow-Wow has evolved, so to ohas the entertainment on the grandest scale. We travel to the land of the Pequots, a tribe attempting to recapture its heritage.As it is told in the original legend of the Big Drum, the Pow-Wow was a spectacle for all to see and behold. |
| Nonprofit Lifestyles, 2nd Edition | 2008 | Stevens, PH.D., Susan Kenny | Stagewise Enterprises, Inc. | Stage-based wisdom for nonprofit capacity. |
| Diversity Matters: Changing The Face Of Public Boards | 2016 | Averill, Nancy | Maytree | This publication is part of Maytree's major new initiative, DiverseCity on Board, that seeks to promote the inclusion of visible minorities and immigrant communities on the boards of public and quasi-public organizations in Canada. |
| Play Director's Survival Kit | 1995 | Rodgers, James W. and Rodgers, Wanda C. | Jossey-Bass | The resource is for new and veteran play directors. It is a comprehensive guide to producing student theatre packed with tested tips, timesavers and problem-solvers gleaned from the authors' experience in directing over 120 full-length plays and musicals. |
| Drama Teacher's Survival Guide, The: A Complete Handbook For Play Production | 2007 | Johnson, Margaret F. | Meriwether Publishing | Whether you are a seasoned drama director or a beginner, yo will find this book to be an invaluable tool kit of aid and assistance. |
| Drama Teacher's Survival Guide #2, The: Activities, Exercises And Techniques For The Theatre Classroom | 2011 | Johnson, Margaret F. | Meriwether Publishing | Ms. Johnson's second book covers every aspect of classroom theatre arts. Both beginning and seasoned drama directors will find an invaluable took kit of aid and assistance in these pages. |
| 101 Learning Activities: To Stretch And Strengthen Yout Child's Multiple Intelligences | 2012 | Lilienstein, Jen | Frontsiders, LLC | This book has been developed to give parents ideas of fhow to flex their child's mind muscles in enjoyable ways -- ways that celebrate and embrace the whole child instead of just a small piece of his or her potential. |
| Stage Fighting: A Practical Guide | 2008 | Howell, Jonathan | The Crowood Press | Revealing the practicalities of choreographing realist fight scenes on stage in a way that is both convincing for the audience and safe for the actors, this guide takes the reader behind the scenes. It explains how the illusion of the fight is created, looking at topics such as working with a partner; warming up; training, rehearsing and performing; and creating realistic sound effects. Topics covered include the role of the fight director, action and reaction, unarmed combat, using weapons, and safety aspects. This tool will be of interest to all drama students, teachers, choreographers, and amateur dramatic groups. |
| Drama Games For Devising | 2012 | Jessica Swale | Nick Hern Books | Part of the popular Drama Games Series, this dip-in, flick-through, quick-fire resource book, packed with dozens of drama games that can be used in the process of devising theatre. |
| Drama Games For Those Who Like To Say No | 2017 | Johnston, Chris | Nick Hern Books | Part of the popular Drama Games Series, this dip-in, flick-through, quick-fire resource book will provid an inspirational guide for teachers and workshop leaders working with difficult or reluctant students, youth groups, and all those who seem intent on saying 'no' to whatever is offered them. |
| 101 Dance Games For Children | 1996 | Rooyackers, Paul | Hunter House Publishing | This book is written for anyone interested in leading a goup of children in one or more dance games: teachers, parents, childcare workers, playground supervisors, babysitters, older relatives, and siblings - anyone who wishes to pass along he infectious joy of dancing. These games can be used in the classroom, on the playground, during a gymnastics class, on the playground, or in a music lesson. In simple settings and family situations, they offer loads of possibilities as independent, fun-filled activities. |
| 101 Music Games For Children | 1995 | Storms, Jerry | Hunter House Publishing | This book is for anyone who have a group of children in their house or yard who need entertaining and is looking for a new way to amuse and eduate them. None of these games call for dividing the group into those who are unskilled and those who are musically grifted. Nor do they require that the children know how to play musical instruments. The leader does not need any musical experience or expertise. |
| Teaching Drama (To Little Ones) | 2015 | McCuiston, Jessica | Beat By Beat Press | The goal of this book is to empower directors and teachers with specific tools and useful lesson plans to help teach a successful theatre program and create a memorable show when working with a group of little ones (kids age 3 - 7). It contains 12 ready-to-go lesson plans for kids age 3 - 7. |
| Introduction To First nations Culture & Traditions | 2015 | McIntyre Media Inc. - DVD | McIntyre Media Inc. | Host by Cedar Smoke. Running Time: 27 minutes. Teacher's Guide included on disc as a PDF file. Grades levels 3 - 8. In An Introduction to First Nations Cuture and Traditions, students are provided with a broad overview of First Nations life and culture. Your host, Cedar Smoke, introduces students to some important aspects of First Nations life - regalia and dance, food, drumming, powwows and the importance of the environment. Elders share their wisdom regarding cultural practices, laws and traditional values. |
| Introduction To First Nations Culture & Traditions Teachers' Guide | 2015 | McIntyre Media Inc. - PDF | McIntyre Media Inc. | Teacher's Guide to accompany DVD. |
| Drama Games For Classrooms And Workshops | 2017 | Swale, Jessica | Nick Hern Books Limited | A quick reference book, packed with 101 lively drama games for use in any classroom or workshop setting. The games are suitable for players of all ages, with many appropriate for children from age 6 upwards.Whilst aimed primarily at school and youth theatre groups, they will be equally fun and instructional for adults to play. |
| 24 Improvisations With Obstacles! | 2019 | Price, Lindsay | The Drama Notebook (Theatrefolk) | These exercises works best for ages 11-18. These can be performed as in-class improvisations, or given as homework. |
| Treaty Education: Outcomes And Indicators | 2013 | Saskatchewan Ministry of Education | Saskatchewan Ministry of Education | Outcomes and Indicators for Saskatchewan's K-12 Continuum for Treaty Education. |
| Voice Exercise Book, The | 2015 | Nelson, Jeannette | National Theatre Publishing | This is a guide to healthy and effective voice use. |
| Brainstorm: The Original Playscript | 2016 | Glasier, Ned, Lim, Emily, and Company Three | Nick Hern Books Limited | This book contains a blue print for creating your own productin. |
| Integrated Voice, The | 2013 | Case, Sarah | Nick Hern Books Limited | The book is structured as a series of practical workshops, it leads you session by session, through the foundations of release and relaxation, breath and voice support. |
| Drama Games For Young Children | 2016 | Zachest, Katherine | Nick Hern Books Limited | This book includes 40 complete and easy-to-follow lesson plans all appropriate for exploring the curriculum or running extra-curricular workshops. It contains over 200 individual games for children aged 3 and up. |
| Hoop Dancing Unit | 2018 | Moskal, Lyndsay | Unpublished | This unit instructs groups on how to construct hoops for hoop dancing as well as instructs groups on the basic steps of Hoop Dancing. User friendly for all ages. |
| Your Handy Companion to Devising And Physical Theatre | 2014 | Orti, Pilar | Pilar Orti | This book will guide you through the devising process. The book include five plays with short texts illustrating different forms used when devising. |
| Roue Medicinale, La | 2015 | Anderson, Teddy | Medicine Wheel Education Inc. | French version of The Medicine Wheel by Teddy Anderson. Illustrated by Jessika von Innerebner. |
| Medicine Wheel, The | 2014 | Anderson, Teddy | Medicine Wheel Education Inc. | The Hoop Dance and the Medicine Wheel are powerful symbols of unity, cooperation and harmony. In his performances around the world, Teddy Anderson uses these symbols as lenses through which young and old alike can examine the past, and plan for the future. |
| How-To Guide For Virtual Theatre, A | 2020 | Glassman, Joshua | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | This resource gives information and tips on how to produce your play through the digital medium. |
| "Stage Managing" A Zoom Performance | 2020 | Vuranch, Karen | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | This resource gives information and tips on how to stage manage a virtual performance. |
| Monologue Everything! | 2014 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | This book is crammed full of exercises that will help you to become an expert in the art of monologue writing. The book takes you through the process as if you were the student. The book speaks to you directly. It is designed for personal learning. The included Classroom Edition converts the content into Lesson Plans and Rubrics to help you to employ these exercises in a formal classroom setting. |
| 81 Playwriting Exercises | 2021 | Price, Lindsay | Theatrefolk | This resource provides 81 exercises that can be used to get students in the habit of writing on a regular basis. Use these exercise as a daily warm-up during a playwriting unit; to keep students writing if they're stuck in the middle of a specific writing project; to allow students to practice the craft of writing monologues and scenes; when you can't be in there for an emergency lesson plan; and if your classroom environment changes (e.g. distance learning). |
| Mummu: A Classroom Study Guide | 2020 | Shimano, Kirk | Theatrefolk | A classroom study guide to accompany the play "Mummu" (277). |
| Drama In The Elementary School - Improvisation Handbook | 1981 | Tims, Ellie and Tritter, Wes | Calgary Board of Education | This handbook contains all you need to do improvisation in the elementary classroom. |
| Adapt Now: Adapting Drama Classroom Materials To Different Learning Environments | 2020 | Price, Lindsay, Loftus, Karen, Webster, Matt | Theatrefolk | Is your classroom shifting from a traditional in-person environment to a distance learning environment? Are you being asked to submit plans for social distancing? Are most of your students at home without regular access to the Internet or a computer? Whatever the scenario, adaptation is going to be key. In this resource we will provide a number of adaptation examples for warm-ups, instruction methods, activities and exercises. Our goal is to adapt things that were originally written for traditional classrooms to different environments. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel with your curriculum. You can adapt, shift the focus, and continue to work on skills whether your students are virtual or socially distanced. |
| Your High School Improv Show Playbook | 2019 | Hoare, Jim | Theatrefolk | Improvisation is a great tool for the drama classroom to help build ensemble, encourage risk-taking, support spontaneity and foster a sense of humour. But how do you take improv further? Have students do a live performance! This fantastic resource that helps your student performers build confidence in their creative abilities. It holds everything you'll ever need to know about putting on your first live show from the what and the why, to game lists, to warm-ups, to host tasks, to audience suggestions and more! |
| Production Publicity Toolkit, The | 2018 | Price, Lindsay, Marshall, Lea | Theatrefolk | What do you do to get an audience for your productions? Publicity may seem like another job that you don’t have time for, don’t have a budget to implement, and doesn’t bring results. This resource can help with Reflections, articles, worksheets, and case studies specific to the school production experience. Give your production the publicity it deserves with these adaptable elements and suggestions. |
| 275 Acting Games Connected | 2010 | Levym, Gavin | Pioneer Drama Service, Inc. | With 275 all-new games divided into 33 categories  body awareness, concentration and focus, improvisation, mime, and much more  this book is a great bargain for the price. You even get five monologues as a bonus. Like his earlier book, each of the exercises includes a defined purpose, a description of the game, discussion guidelines, and teaching variation suggestions. This book goes one step further and provides an “industry connection†for every game. This new Industry Connection paragraph consists of real-life examples and discussion aids connected to the acting profession, designed to promote growth and motivate actors to excel.  The depth that this book delves into with each exercise gives instructors of all experience levels the tools they need to teach techniques, hold group discussions, and guide students with leading questions. Levy’s observations are based on over 20 years of experience training students to meet the differing challenges of the stage, the screen, and broadcasting. This is truly a comprehensive resource for teachers who want to help their students connect to the modern craft of acting. |
| Adjudicating Theatre Performance: Responding To Competitions And Festivals | 2010 | Slusser, Dean C. | The Dramatic Publishing Company | Veteran educator Dean Slusser brings his insight and experience to the purpose and philosophy of theatre adjudication, addressing the difference between competitions and festivals, the adjudicator's role in each and the evolution of "professional" adjudication. In this handbook for adjudicators at every level of experience, he offers a comprehensive discussion of approaches used in a variety of professional organizations such as the American Association for Community Theatre, the Kennedy Center/American College Theatre Festival, the Texas Educational Theatre Association and others. Chapter topics include the content and shape of adjudication and approaches to scoring festivals and competitions. Festival hosts and organizers can benefit from the practical suggestions for implementing an adjudication format that benefits participants, audience and adjudicators alike. Slusser offers a lighthearted chapter highlighting actual comments from adjudicators and proposes an adjudicator training program, delving into the philosophy of adjudication and its relationship to developing critical thinking skills. The book is an excellent resource for better understanding the adjudicator's role or improving your individual skills. |
